Sema.h

Go to the documentation of this file.

//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
//
// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
// builds ASTs.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
 
#include "clang/APINotes/APINotesManager.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
#include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
#include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h"
#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/LifetimeSafety/LifetimeAnnotations.h"
#include "clang/Basic/AttrSubjectMatchRules.h"
#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinTraits.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
#include "clang/Basic/CapturedStmt.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Cuda.h"
#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSema.h"
#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h"
#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h"
#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
#include "clang/Basic/StackExhaustionHandler.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Attr.h"
#include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Redeclaration.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaBase.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/BitmaskEnum.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/FloatingPointMode.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLForwardCompat.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLFunctionalExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Error.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
#include <cassert>
#include <climits>
#include <cstddef>
#include <cstdint>
#include <deque>
#include <functional>
#include <iterator>
#include <memory>
#include <optional>
#include <string>
#include <tuple>
#include <type_traits>
#include <utility>
#include <vector>
 
namespace llvm {
struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
} // namespace llvm
 
namespace clang {
class ADLResult;
class APValue;
struct ASTConstraintSatisfaction;
class ASTConsumer;
class ASTContext;
class ASTDeclReader;
class ASTMutationListener;
class ASTReader;
class ASTWriter;
class CXXBasePath;
class CXXBasePaths;
class CXXFieldCollector;
class CodeCompleteConsumer;
enum class ComparisonCategoryType : unsigned char;
class ConstraintSatisfaction;
class DarwinSDKInfo;
class DeclGroupRef;
class DeducedTemplateArgument;
struct DeductionFailureInfo;
class DependentDiagnostic;
class Designation;
class IdentifierInfo;
struct ImplicitAllocationArguments;
class ImplicitConversionSequence;
typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList;
class InitializationKind;
class InitializationSequence;
class InitializedEntity;
enum class LangAS : unsigned int;
class LocalInstantiationScope;
class LookupResult;
class MangleNumberingContext;
typedef ArrayRef<IdentifierLoc> ModuleIdPath;
class ModuleLoader;
class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
struct NormalizedConstraint;
class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
class ObjCMethodDecl;
struct OverloadCandidate;
enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char;
enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned;
class OverloadCandidateSet;
class Preprocessor;
struct APINotesSelectorDiagnosticState;
struct ResolvedAllocation;
class SemaAMDGPU;
class SemaARM;
class SemaAVR;
class SemaBPF;
class SemaCodeCompletion;
class SemaCUDA;
class SemaDirectX;
class SemaHLSL;
class SemaHexagon;
class SemaLoongArch;
class SemaM68k;
class SemaMIPS;
class SemaMSP430;
class SemaNVPTX;
class SemaObjC;
class SemaOpenACC;
class SemaOpenCL;
class SemaOpenMP;
class SemaPPC;
class SemaPseudoObject;
class SemaRISCV;
class SemaSPIRV;
class SemaSYCL;
class SemaSwift;
class SemaSystemZ;
class SemaWasm;
class SemaX86;
class StandardConversionSequence;
class TemplateArgument;
class TemplateArgumentLoc;
class TemplateInstantiationCallback;
class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
class Token;
class TypeConstraint;
class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
class UnresolvedSetImpl;
class UnresolvedSetIterator;
class VisibleDeclConsumer;
 
namespace sema {
class BlockScopeInfo;
class Capture;
class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
class CapturingScopeInfo;
class CompoundScopeInfo;
class DelayedDiagnostic;
class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
class FunctionScopeInfo;
class LambdaScopeInfo;
class SemaPPCallbacks;
class TemplateDeductionInfo;
} // namespace sema
 
// AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
// to represent what is actually causing the operation
enum class AssignmentAction {
  Assigning,
  Passing,
  Returning,
  Converting,
  Initializing,
  Sending,
  Casting,
  Passing_CFAudited
};
 
// Inline capacity for type-aware, aligned, and unaligned allocation argument
// list candidates.
using AllocationArgumentSet = SmallVector<ImplicitAllocationArguments, 3>;
 
namespace threadSafety {
class BeforeSet;
void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet *Cache);
} // namespace threadSafety
 
// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType *, NamedDecl *,
                                     const TemplateSpecializationType *,
                                     const SubstBuiltinTemplatePackType *>,
                  SourceLocation>
    UnexpandedParameterPack;
 
/// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
/// file.
struct FileNullability {
  /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
  /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
  SourceLocation PointerLoc;
 
  /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for
  /// placing fix-its.
  SourceLocation PointerEndLoc;
 
  /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
  uint8_t PointerKind;
 
  /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
  bool SawTypeNullability = false;
};
 
/// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
/// information in that file.
class FileNullabilityMap {
  /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
  llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
 
  /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
  struct {
    FileID File;
    FileNullability Nullability;
  } Cache;
 
public:
  FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
    // Check the single-element cache.
    if (file == Cache.File)
      return Cache.Nullability;
 
    // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
    if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
      Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
    }
 
    // Pull this entry into the cache.
    Cache.File = file;
    Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
    return Cache.Nullability;
  }
};
 
/// Tracks expected type during expression parsing, for use in code completion.
/// The type is tied to a particular token, all functions that update or consume
/// the type take a start location of the token they are looking at as a
/// parameter. This avoids updating the type on hot paths in the parser.
class PreferredTypeBuilder {
public:
  PreferredTypeBuilder(ASTContext *Ctx, bool Enabled)
      : Ctx(Ctx), Enabled(Enabled) {}
 
  void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok);
  void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok);
  void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D);
  /// Handles e.g. BaseType{ .D = Tok...
  void enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, QualType BaseType,
                                  const Designation &D);
  /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running
  /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed.
  ///
  /// Clients should be very careful when using this function, as it stores a
  /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same
  /// location happen while function_ref is alive.
  ///
  /// The callback should also emit signature help as a side-effect, but only
  /// if the completion point has been reached.
  void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok,
                             llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType);
 
  void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc);
  void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                  SourceLocation OpLoc);
  void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op);
  void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base);
  void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS);
  /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc.
  void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType);
 
  /// Get the expected type associated with this location, if any.
  ///
  /// If the location is a function argument, determining the expected type
  /// involves considering all function overloads and the arguments so far.
  /// In this case, signature help for these function overloads will be reported
  /// as a side-effect (only if the completion point has been reached).
  QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const {
    if (!Enabled || Tok != ExpectedLoc)
      return QualType();
    if (!Type.isNull())
      return Type;
    if (ComputeType)
      return ComputeType();
    return QualType();
  }
 
private:
  ASTContext *Ctx;
  bool Enabled;
  /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type.
  SourceLocation ExpectedLoc;
  /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc.
  QualType Type;
  /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered
  /// if Type is null.
  llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType;
};
 
struct SkipBodyInfo {
  SkipBodyInfo() = default;
  bool ShouldSkip = false;
  bool CheckSameAsPrevious = false;
  NamedDecl *Previous = nullptr;
  NamedDecl *New = nullptr;
};
 
/// Describes the result of template argument deduction.
///
/// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
/// template argument deduction, as returned from
/// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
/// structure provides additional information about the results of
/// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
/// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
/// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
enum class TemplateDeductionResult {
  /// Template argument deduction was successful.
  Success = 0,
  /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
  Invalid,
  /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
  /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
  InstantiationDepth,
  /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
  /// for every template parameter.
  Incomplete,
  /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every
  /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack.
  IncompletePack,
  /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
  /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
  Inconsistent,
  /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
  /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
  /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
  /// but were given a non-const "X".
  Underqualified,
  /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values
  /// resulted in an error.
  SubstitutionFailure,
  /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
  /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
  DeducedMismatch,
  /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of
  /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element
  /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list).
  DeducedMismatchNested,
  /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
  /// corresponding component of the argument.
  NonDeducedMismatch,
  /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
  /// template, there were too many call arguments.
  TooManyArguments,
  /// When performing template argument deduction for a function
  /// template, there were too few call arguments.
  TooFewArguments,
  /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
  /// template arguments for the given template.
  InvalidExplicitArguments,
  /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed.
  NonDependentConversionFailure,
  /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated
  /// with the template.
  ConstraintsNotSatisfied,
  /// Deduction failed; that's all we know.
  MiscellaneousDeductionFailure,
  /// CUDA Target attributes do not match.
  CUDATargetMismatch,
  /// Some error which was already diagnosed.
  AlreadyDiagnosed
};
 
/// The kind of conversion being performed.
enum class CheckedConversionKind {
  /// An implicit conversion.
  Implicit,
  /// A C-style cast.
  CStyleCast,
  /// A functional-style cast.
  FunctionalCast,
  /// A cast other than a C-style cast.
  OtherCast,
  /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator.
  ForBuiltinOverloadedOp
};
 
enum class TagUseKind {
  Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
  Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
  Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
  Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
};
 
/// Used with attributes/effects with a boolean condition, e.g. `nonblocking`.
enum class FunctionEffectMode : uint8_t {
  None,     // effect is not present.
  False,    // effect(false).
  True,     // effect(true).
  Dependent // effect(expr) where expr is dependent.
};
 
/// pragma clang section kind
enum class PragmaClangSectionKind {
  Invalid = 0,
  BSS = 1,
  Data = 2,
  Rodata = 3,
  Text = 4,
  Relro = 5
};
 
enum class PragmaClangSectionAction { Set = 0, Clear = 1 };
 
enum class PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
  Native,  // #pragma options align=native
  Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
  Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
  Power,   // #pragma options align=power
  Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
  Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
};
 
enum class TUFragmentKind {
  /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration.
  Global,
  /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the
  /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration
  /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not).
  Normal,
  /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of
  /// the translation unit.
  Private
};
 
enum class FormatStringType {
  Scanf,
  Printf,
  NSString,
  Strftime,
  Strfmon,
  Kprintf,
  FreeBSDKPrintf,
  OSTrace,
  OSLog,
  Unknown
};
 
// Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
enum class VariadicCallType {
  Function,
  Block,
  Method,
  Constructor,
  DoesNotApply
};
 
enum class BuiltinCountedByRefKind {
  Assignment,
  Initializer,
  FunctionArg,
  ReturnArg,
  ArraySubscript,
  BinaryExpr,
};
 
// Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is
// passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context.
enum class NonTrivialCUnionContext {
  // Function parameter.
  FunctionParam,
  // Function return.
  FunctionReturn,
  // Default-initialized object.
  DefaultInitializedObject,
  // Variable with automatic storage duration.
  AutoVar,
  // Initializer expression that might copy from another object.
  CopyInit,
  // Assignment.
  Assignment,
  // Compound literal.
  CompoundLiteral,
  // Block capture.
  BlockCapture,
  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type.
  LValueToRValueVolatile,
};
 
/// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
/// by \c Sema::ClassifyName().
enum class NameClassificationKind {
  /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be
  /// something else.
  Unknown,
  /// Classification failed; an error has been produced.
  Error,
  /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword.
  Keyword,
  /// The name was classified as a type.
  Type,
  /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template
  /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to
  /// convert the declaration to an expression.
  NonType,
  /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name.
  /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the
  /// result to an expression.
  UndeclaredNonType,
  /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be
  /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to
  /// convert the result to an expression.
  DependentNonType,
  /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression
  /// representing that overload set has been formed.
  /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable
  /// expression referencing the overload set.
  OverloadSet,
  /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types.
  TypeTemplate,
  /// The name was classified as a variable template name.
  VarTemplate,
  /// The name was classified as a function template name.
  FunctionTemplate,
  /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name.
  UndeclaredTemplate,
  /// The name was classified as a concept name.
  Concept,
};
 
enum class PointerAuthDiscArgKind {
  // Address discrimination argument of __ptrauth.
  Addr,
 
  // Extra discriminator argument of __ptrauth.
  Extra,
};
 
/// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
/// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
enum class NonTagKind {
  NonStruct,
  NonClass,
  NonUnion,
  NonEnum,
  Typedef,
  TypeAlias,
  Template,
  TypeAliasTemplate,
  TemplateTemplateArgument,
};
 
enum class OffsetOfKind {
  // Not parsing a type within __builtin_offsetof.
  Outside,
  // Parsing a type within __builtin_offsetof.
  Builtin,
  // Parsing a type within macro "offsetof", defined in __buitin_offsetof
  // To improve our diagnostic message.
  Macro,
};
 
/// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
/// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
enum class AvailabilityMergeKind {
  /// Don't merge availability attributes at all.
  None,
  /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
  /// an exact match.
  Redeclaration,
  /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
  /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
  Override,
  /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
  /// a protocol requirement.
  ProtocolImplementation,
  /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
  /// an optional protocol requirement.
  OptionalProtocolImplementation
};
 
enum class TrivialABIHandling {
  /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi".
  IgnoreTrivialABI,
 
  /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi".
  ConsiderTrivialABI
};
 
enum class TryCaptureKind { Implicit, ExplicitByVal, ExplicitByRef };
 
enum class AllowFoldKind {
  No,
  Allow,
};
 
/// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion.
enum class ArithConvKind {
  /// An arithmetic operation.
  Arithmetic,
  /// A bitwise operation.
  BitwiseOp,
  /// A comparison.
  Comparison,
  /// A conditional (?:) operator.
  Conditional,
  /// A compound assignment expression.
  CompAssign,
};
 
// Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
// vararg function.
enum class VarArgKind {
  Valid,
  ValidInCXX11,
  Undefined,
  MSVCUndefined,
  Invalid
};
 
/// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
/// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
/// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
/// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
/// source and destination type.
enum class AssignConvertType {
  /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
  Compatible,
 
  /// CompatibleVoidPtrToNonVoidPtr - The types are compatible in C because
  /// a void * can implicitly convert to another pointer type, which we
  /// differentiate for better diagnostic behavior.
  CompatibleVoidPtrToNonVoidPtr,
 
  /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
  /// accept as an extension.
  PointerToInt,
 
  /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
  /// accept as an extension.
  IntToPointer,
 
  /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
  /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
  FunctionVoidPointer,
 
  /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
  /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
  IncompatiblePointer,
 
  /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function
  /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an
  /// extension.
  IncompatibleFunctionPointer,
 
  /// IncompatibleFunctionPointerStrict - The assignment is between two
  /// function pointer types that are not identical, but are compatible,
  /// unless compiled with -fsanitize=cfi, in which case the type mismatch
  /// may trip an indirect call runtime check.
  IncompatibleFunctionPointerStrict,
 
  /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
  /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
  /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
  /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
  IncompatiblePointerSign,
 
  /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
  /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
  CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
 
  /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
  /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
  /// like address spaces.
  IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
 
  /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsOverflowBehavior - The assignment
  /// discards overflow behavior annotations between otherwise compatible
  /// pointer types.
  IncompatiblePointerDiscardsOverflowBehavior,
 
  /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment
  /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed.
  /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is
  /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic.
  IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch,
 
  /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
  /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
  /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
  /// extension.
  IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
 
  /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
  /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
  IncompatibleVectors,
 
  /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
  /// pointer. We disallow this.
  IntToBlockPointer,
 
  /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
  /// pointers types that are not compatible.
  IncompatibleBlockPointer,
 
  /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
  /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
  /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
  IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
 
  /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
  /// object with __weak qualifier.
  IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
 
  /// IncompatibleOBTKinds - Assigning between incompatible OverflowBehaviorType
  /// kinds, e.g., from __ob_trap to __ob_wrap or vice versa.
  IncompatibleOBTKinds,
 
  /// CompatibleOBTDiscards - Assignment discards overflow behavior
  CompatibleOBTDiscards,
 
  /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
  /// represent it in the AST.
  Incompatible
};
 
/// The scope in which to find allocation functions.
enum class AllocationFunctionScope {
  /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope.
  Global,
  /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the
  /// allocated class.
  Class,
  /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope
  /// and in the scope of the allocated class.
  Both
};
 
/// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
enum class IfExistsResult {
  /// The symbol exists.
  Exists,
 
  /// The symbol does not exist.
  DoesNotExist,
 
  /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
  /// from one instantiation to the next.
  Dependent,
 
  /// An error occurred.
  Error
};
 
enum class CorrectTypoKind {
  NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
  ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
};
 
enum class OverloadKind {
  /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
  /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
  Overload,
 
  /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
  /// an existing declaration.
  Match,
 
  /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
  /// non-function.
  NonFunction
};
 
/// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
enum class CCEKind {
  CaseValue,     ///< Expression in a case label.
  Enumerator,    ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
  TemplateArg,   ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
  TempArgStrict, ///< As above, but applies strict template checking
                 ///< rules.
  ArrayBound,    ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression.
  ExplicitBool,  ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier.
  Noexcept,      ///< Condition in a noexcept(bool) specifier.
  StaticAssertMessageSize, ///< Call to size() in a static assert
                           ///< message.
  StaticAssertMessageData, ///< Call to data() in a static assert
                           ///< message.
  PackIndex ///< Index of a pack indexing expression or specifier.
};
 
/// Enums for the diagnostics of target, target_version and target_clones.
namespace DiagAttrParams {
enum DiagType { Unsupported, Duplicate, Unknown };
enum Specifier { None, CPU, Tune };
enum AttrName { Target, TargetClones, TargetVersion };
} // end namespace DiagAttrParams
 
void inferNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D);
 
#ifdef __GNUC__
#pragma GCC diagnostic push
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wattributes"
#endif
/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
/// \nosubgrouping
class Sema final : public SemaBase {
#ifdef __GNUC__
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
#endif
  // Table of Contents
  // -----------------
  // 1. Semantic Analysis (Sema.cpp)
  // 2. API Notes (SemaAPINotes.cpp)
  // 3. C++ Access Control (SemaAccess.cpp)
  // 4. Attributes (SemaAttr.cpp)
  // 5. Availability Attribute Handling (SemaAvailability.cpp)
  // 6. Bounds Safety (SemaBoundsSafety.cpp)
  // 7. Casts (SemaCast.cpp)
  // 8. Extra Semantic Checking (SemaChecking.cpp)
  // 9. C++ Coroutines (SemaCoroutine.cpp)
  // 10. C++ Scope Specifiers (SemaCXXScopeSpec.cpp)
  // 11. Declarations (SemaDecl.cpp)
  // 12. Declaration Attribute Handling (SemaDeclAttr.cpp)
  // 13. C++ Declarations (SemaDeclCXX.cpp)
  // 14. C++ Exception Specifications (SemaExceptionSpec.cpp)
  // 15. Expressions (SemaExpr.cpp)
  // 16. C++ Expressions (SemaExprCXX.cpp)
  // 17. Member Access Expressions (SemaExprMember.cpp)
  // 18. Initializers (SemaInit.cpp)
  // 19. C++ Lambda Expressions (SemaLambda.cpp)
  // 20. Name Lookup (SemaLookup.cpp)
  // 21. Modules (SemaModule.cpp)
  // 22. C++ Overloading (SemaOverload.cpp)
  // 23. Statements (SemaStmt.cpp)
  // 24. `inline asm` Statement (SemaStmtAsm.cpp)
  // 25. Statement Attribute Handling (SemaStmtAttr.cpp)
  // 26. C++ Templates (SemaTemplate.cpp)
  // 27. C++ Template Argument Deduction (SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp)
  // 28. C++ Template Deduction Guide (SemaTemplateDeductionGuide.cpp)
  // 29. C++ Template Instantiation (SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp)
  // 30. C++ Template Declaration Instantiation
  //     (SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp)
  // 31. C++ Variadic Templates (SemaTemplateVariadic.cpp)
  // 32. Constraints and Concepts (SemaConcept.cpp)
  // 33. Types (SemaType.cpp)
  // 34. FixIt Helpers (SemaFixItUtils.cpp)
  // 35. Function Effects (SemaFunctionEffects.cpp)
  // 36. C++ Expansion Statements (SemaExpand.cpp)
 
  /// \name Semantic Analysis
  /// Implementations are in Sema.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
  ~Sema();
 
  /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
  void Initialize();
 
  /// This virtual key function only exists to limit the emission of debug info
  /// describing the Sema class. GCC and Clang only emit debug info for a class
  /// with a vtable when the vtable is emitted. Sema is final and not
  /// polymorphic, but the debug info size savings are so significant that it is
  /// worth adding a vtable just to take advantage of this optimization.
  LLVM_DECLARE_VIRTUAL_ANCHOR_FUNCTION();
 
  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
  FPOptions &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; }
 
  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
  ExternalSemaSource *getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource.get(); }
 
  DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking(SourceLocation Loc,
                                                         StringRef Platform);
  DarwinSDKInfo *getDarwinSDKInfoForAvailabilityChecking();
 
  /// Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
  ///  creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
  ///
  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
  ///
  void addExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalSemaSource> E);
 
  /// Print out statistics about the semantic analysis.
  void PrintStats() const;
 
  /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is
  /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates
  /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example,
  /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow.
  void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc,
                                   llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn);
 
  /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers.
  LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const;
 
  /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
 
  /// Load #pragma redefine_extname'd undeclared identifiers from the external
  /// source.
  void LoadExternalExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers();
 
  /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external
  /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation
  /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C".
  bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(const ValueDecl *VD) const;
 
  /// Determines whether the given source location is in the main file
  /// and we're in a context where we should warn about unused entities.
  bool isMainFileLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const;
 
  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
  void getUndefinedButUsed(
      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation>> &Undefined);
 
  typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
  typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
  /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
  /// the end of translation unit.
  const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
  getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
 
  /// Cause the built diagnostic to be emitted on the DiagosticsEngine.
  /// This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
  /// should not be used elsewhere.
  void EmitDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID, const DiagnosticBuilder &DB);
 
  void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
 
  /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens
  /// in deferred diagnostics.
  bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const;
 
  /// Looks through the macro-expansion chain for the given
  /// location, looking for a macro expansion with the given name.
  /// If one is found, returns true and sets the location to that
  /// expansion loc.
  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
 
  /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
  SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
 
  /// Calls \c Lexer::findNextToken() to find the next token, and if the
  /// locations of both ends of the token can be resolved it return that
  /// range; Otherwise it returns an invalid SourceRange.
  SourceRange getRangeForNextToken(
      SourceLocation Loc, bool IncludeMacros, bool IncludeComments,
      std::optional<tok::TokenKind> ExpectedToken = std::nullopt);
 
  /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
  ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
 
  /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates.
  IdentifierInfo *
  InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(const IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
                                             unsigned Index);
 
  void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
 
  // Emit all deferred diagnostics.
  void emitDeferredDiags();
 
  /// This is called before the very first declaration in the translation unit
  /// is parsed. Note that the ASTContext may have already injected some
  /// declarations.
  void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit();
  /// ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit - This is called at the very end of the
  /// translation unit when EOF is reached and all but the top-level scope is
  /// popped.
  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind);
 
  /// Determines the active Scope associated with the given declaration
  /// context.
  ///
  /// This routine maps a declaration context to the active Scope object that
  /// represents that declaration context in the parser. It is typically used
  /// from "scope-less" code (e.g., template instantiation, lazy creation of
  /// declarations) that injects a name for name-lookup purposes and, therefore,
  /// must update the Scope.
  ///
  /// \returns The scope corresponding to the given declaraion context, or NULL
  /// if no such scope is open.
  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
 
  void PushFunctionScope();
  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
 
  /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
  /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
  /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
  void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
 
  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
                               RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K,
                               unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0);
 
  /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short
  /// time after they've been popped.
  class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter {
    Sema *Self;
 
  public:
    explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {}
    void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const;
  };
 
  using PoppedFunctionScopePtr =
      std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>;
 
  /// Pop a function (or block or lambda or captured region) scope from the
  /// stack.
  ///
  /// \param WP The warning policy to use for CFG-based warnings, or null if
  ///        such warnings should not be produced.
  /// \param D The declaration corresponding to this function scope, if
  ///        producing CFG-based warnings.
  /// \param BlockType The type of the block expression, if D is a BlockDecl.
  PoppedFunctionScopePtr
  PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
                       Decl *D = nullptr, QualType BlockType = QualType());
 
  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const;
 
  void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope();
  void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
  void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto();
  void setFunctionHasMustTail();
 
  void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr);
  void PopCompoundScope();
 
  /// Determine whether any errors occurred within this function/method/
  /// block.
  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
 
  /// Retrieve the current block, if any.
  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
 
  /// Get the innermost lambda or block enclosing the current location, if any.
  /// This looks through intervening non-lambda, non-block scopes such as local
  /// functions.
  sema::CapturingScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambdaOrBlock() const;
 
  /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
  /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most
  /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not
  /// lambda scopes.
  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *
  getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false);
 
  /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
 
  /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
 
  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
 
  /// Retrieve the parser's current scope.
  ///
  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
  /// template substitution or instantiation.
  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
 
  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
 
  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
  }
 
  SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
                                   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
  SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc,
                                   const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                                   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) {
    return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD;
  }
 
  /// Check if the type is allowed to be used for the current target.
  void checkTypeSupport(QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
                        ValueDecl *D = nullptr);
 
  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(
      Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue,
      const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
      CheckedConversionKind CCK = CheckedConversionKind::Implicit);
 
  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
 
  /// If \p AllowLambda is true, treat lambda as function.
  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(bool AllowLambda = false) const;
 
  /// Returns a pointer to the innermost enclosing function, or nullptr if the
  /// current context is not inside a function. If \p AllowLambda is true,
  /// this can return the call operator of an enclosing lambda, otherwise
  /// lambdas are skipped when looking for an enclosing function.
  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(bool AllowLambda = false) const;
 
  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
 
  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() const;
 
  /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
  /// _Nonnull one.
  void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
                                           SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr.
  void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E);
 
  /// Warn when implicitly changing function effects.
  void diagnoseFunctionEffectConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
                                        SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// makeUnavailableInSystemHeader - There is an error in the current
  /// context.  If we're still in a system header, and we can plausibly
  /// make the relevant declaration unavailable instead of erroring, do
  /// so and return true.
  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
                                     UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
 
  /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
  }
 
  /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics.
  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
 
  /// Scope actions.
  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
 
  /// Determine whether \param D is function like (function or function
  /// template) for parsing.
  bool isDeclaratorFunctionLike(Declarator &D);
 
  /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here
  /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code,
  /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants.
  /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
  ///
  /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca
  /// instructions, and global values.
  static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 32;
  static const uint64_t MaximumAlignment = 1ull << MaxAlignmentExponent;
 
  /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
  bool CollectStats;
 
  std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope;
 
  /// Stack containing information about each of the nested
  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
 
  /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current
  /// context.
  unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0;
 
  /// Track the number of currently active capturing scopes.
  unsigned CapturingFunctionScopes = 0;
 
  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
 
  /// The kind of translation unit we are processing.
  ///
  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
  /// checks.
  const TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
 
  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
  Scope *TUScope;
 
  void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
    return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
  }
 
  /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
                            bool ForceComplain = false,
                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
 
  // Adds implicit lifetime bound attribute for implicit this to its
  // TypeSourceInfo.
  void addLifetimeBoundToImplicitThis(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
 
  /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
  ///
  /// Use this when trying to recover from an error where the programmer may
  /// have written just the name of a function instead of actually calling it.
  ///
  /// \param E - The expression to examine.
  /// \param ZeroArgCallReturnTy - If the expression can be turned into a call
  ///  with no arguments, this parameter is set to the type returned by such a
  ///  call; otherwise, it is set to an empty QualType.
  /// \param OverloadSet - If the expression is an overloaded function
  ///  name, this parameter is populated with the decls of the various
  ///  overloads.
  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
 
  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
 
  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
  FPOptions CurFPFeatures;
 
  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
  Preprocessor &PP;
  ASTContext &Context;
  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
  api_notes::APINotesManager APINotes;
 
  std::unique_ptr<APINotesSelectorDiagnosticState> APINotesSelectorDiagnostics;
 
  /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
  class CompoundScopeRAII {
  public:
    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) {
      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr);
    }
 
    ~CompoundScopeRAII() { S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); }
    CompoundScopeRAII(const CompoundScopeRAII &) = delete;
    CompoundScopeRAII &operator=(const CompoundScopeRAII &) = delete;
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
  };
 
  /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
  struct FunctionScopeRAII {
    Sema &S;
    bool Active;
    FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
    ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
      if (Active)
        S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
    }
    void disable() { Active = false; }
  };
 
  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
    return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back();
  }
 
  /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
  threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
 
  /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
  void *OpaqueParser;
 
  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
    OpaqueParser = P;
  }
 
  /// Callback to the parser to parse a type expressed as a string.
  std::function<TypeResult(StringRef, StringRef, SourceLocation)>
      ParseTypeFromStringCallback;
 
  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
 
  /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined
  /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate.
  bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true;
 
  /// Track if we're currently analyzing overflow behavior types in assignment
  /// context.
  bool InOverflowBehaviorAssignmentContext = false;
 
  class DelayedDiagnostics;
 
  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool = nullptr;
    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
  };
  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
 
  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
  /// during parsing and other processing.
  class DelayedDiagnostics {
    /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
    /// diagnostics should go.
    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool = nullptr;
 
  public:
    DelayedDiagnostics() = default;
 
    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
 
    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
 
    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { return CurPool; }
 
    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
    /// collected in this pool.
    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
      CurPool = &pool;
      return state;
    }
 
    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    }
 
    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
    /// not delayed.
    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
      CurPool = nullptr;
      return state;
    }
 
    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
      assert(CurPool == nullptr);
      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    }
  } DelayedDiagnostics;
 
  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
  }
 
  /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
  /// must be codegen'ed.  Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
  /// compilation, this is currently only used for offload languages like CUDA,
  /// OpenMP, and SYCL.
  SemaDiagnosticBuilder::DeferredDiagnosticsType DeviceDeferredDiags;
 
  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
  DeclContext *CurContext;
 
  SemaAMDGPU &AMDGPU() {
    assert(AMDGPUPtr);
    return *AMDGPUPtr;
  }
 
  SemaARM &ARM() {
    assert(ARMPtr);
    return *ARMPtr;
  }
 
  SemaAVR &AVR() {
    assert(AVRPtr);
    return *AVRPtr;
  }
 
  SemaBPF &BPF() {
    assert(BPFPtr);
    return *BPFPtr;
  }
 
  SemaCodeCompletion &CodeCompletion() {
    assert(CodeCompletionPtr);
    return *CodeCompletionPtr;
  }
 
  SemaCUDA &CUDA() {
    assert(CUDAPtr);
    return *CUDAPtr;
  }
 
  SemaDirectX &DirectX() {
    assert(DirectXPtr);
    return *DirectXPtr;
  }
 
  SemaHLSL &HLSL() {
    assert(HLSLPtr);
    return *HLSLPtr;
  }
 
  SemaHexagon &Hexagon() {
    assert(HexagonPtr);
    return *HexagonPtr;
  }
 
  SemaLoongArch &LoongArch() {
    assert(LoongArchPtr);
    return *LoongArchPtr;
  }
 
  SemaM68k &M68k() {
    assert(M68kPtr);
    return *M68kPtr;
  }
 
  SemaMIPS &MIPS() {
    assert(MIPSPtr);
    return *MIPSPtr;
  }
 
  SemaMSP430 &MSP430() {
    assert(MSP430Ptr);
    return *MSP430Ptr;
  }
 
  SemaNVPTX &NVPTX() {
    assert(NVPTXPtr);
    return *NVPTXPtr;
  }
 
  SemaObjC &ObjC() {
    assert(ObjCPtr);
    return *ObjCPtr;
  }
 
  SemaOpenACC &OpenACC() {
    assert(OpenACCPtr);
    return *OpenACCPtr;
  }
 
  SemaOpenCL &OpenCL() {
    assert(OpenCLPtr);
    return *OpenCLPtr;
  }
 
  SemaOpenMP &OpenMP() {
    assert(OpenMPPtr && "SemaOpenMP is dead");
    return *OpenMPPtr;
  }
 
  SemaPPC &PPC() {
    assert(PPCPtr);
    return *PPCPtr;
  }
 
  SemaPseudoObject &PseudoObject() {
    assert(PseudoObjectPtr);
    return *PseudoObjectPtr;
  }
 
  SemaRISCV &RISCV() {
    assert(RISCVPtr);
    return *RISCVPtr;
  }
 
  SemaSPIRV &SPIRV() {
    assert(SPIRVPtr);
    return *SPIRVPtr;
  }
 
  SemaSYCL &SYCL() {
    assert(SYCLPtr);
    return *SYCLPtr;
  }
 
  SemaSwift &Swift() {
    assert(SwiftPtr);
    return *SwiftPtr;
  }
 
  SemaSystemZ &SystemZ() {
    assert(SystemZPtr);
    return *SystemZPtr;
  }
 
  SemaWasm &Wasm() {
    assert(WasmPtr);
    return *WasmPtr;
  }
 
  SemaX86 &X86() {
    assert(X86Ptr);
    return *X86Ptr;
  }
 
  /// Source of additional semantic information.
  IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalSemaSource> ExternalSource;
 
protected:
  friend class Parser;
  friend class InitializationSequence;
  friend class ASTReader;
  friend class ASTDeclReader;
  friend class ASTWriter;
 
private:
  std::optional<std::unique_ptr<DarwinSDKInfo>> CachedDarwinSDKInfo;
  bool WarnedDarwinSDKInfoMissing = false;
 
  StackExhaustionHandler StackHandler;
 
  Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
  void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
 
  /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events.
  ///
  /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include
  /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack.
  sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler;
 
  /// The parser's current scope.
  ///
  /// The parser maintains this state here.
  Scope *CurScope;
 
  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
 
  std::unique_ptr<SemaAMDGPU> AMDGPUPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaARM> ARMPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaAVR> AVRPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaBPF> BPFPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaCodeCompletion> CodeCompletionPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaCUDA> CUDAPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaDirectX> DirectXPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaHLSL> HLSLPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaHexagon> HexagonPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaLoongArch> LoongArchPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaM68k> M68kPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaMIPS> MIPSPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaMSP430> MSP430Ptr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaNVPTX> NVPTXPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaObjC> ObjCPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaOpenACC> OpenACCPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaOpenCL> OpenCLPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaOpenMP> OpenMPPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaPPC> PPCPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaPseudoObject> PseudoObjectPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaRISCV> RISCVPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaSPIRV> SPIRVPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaSYCL> SYCLPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaSwift> SwiftPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaSystemZ> SystemZPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaWasm> WasmPtr;
  std::unique_ptr<SemaX86> X86Ptr;
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name API Notes
  /// Implementations are in SemaAPINotes.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Map any API notes provided for this declaration to attributes on the
  /// declaration.
  ///
  /// Triggered by declaration-attribute processing.
  void ProcessAPINotes(Decl *D);
  /// Apply the 'Nullability:' annotation to the specified declaration
  void ApplyNullability(Decl *D, NullabilityKind Nullability);
  /// Apply the 'Type:' annotation to the specified declaration
  void ApplyAPINotesType(Decl *D, StringRef TypeString);
 
  /// Diagnose exact API notes selectors that were not matched by any
  /// declaration processed in this translation unit.
  void DiagnoseUnusedAPINotesSelectors();
 
  /// Whether APINotes should be gathered for all applicable Swift language
  /// versions, without being applied. Leaving clients of the current module
  /// to select and apply the correct version.
  bool captureSwiftVersionIndependentAPINotes() {
    return APINotes.captureVersionIndependentSwift();
  }
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Access Control
  /// Implementations are in SemaAccess.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  enum AccessResult {
    AR_accessible,
    AR_inaccessible,
    AR_dependent,
    AR_delayed
  };
 
  /// SetMemberAccessSpecifier - Set the access specifier of a member.
  /// Returns true on error (when the previous member decl access specifier
  /// is different from the new member decl access specifier).
  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
 
  /// Perform access-control checking on a previously-unresolved member
  /// access which has now been resolved to a member.
  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
 
  /// Checks access to an overloaded operator new or delete.
  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                     bool Diagnose = true);
 
  /// Checks access to a constructor.
  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *D,
                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
 
  /// Checks access to a constructor.
  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *D,
                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
 
  /// Checks access to the target of a friend declaration.
  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
 
  /// Checks access to a member.
  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                                 DeclAccessPair Found);
 
  /// Checks implicit access to a member in a structured binding.
  AccessResult
  CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
                                     CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass,
                                     DeclAccessPair Field);
  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *ObjectExpr,
                                         const SourceRange &,
                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
 
  /// Checks access to an overloaded member operator, including
  /// conversion operators.
  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *ObjectExpr,
                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *ObjectExpr,
                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs,
                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
 
  /// Checks access for a hierarchy conversion.
  ///
  /// \param ForceCheck true if this check should be performed even if access
  ///     control is disabled;  some things rely on this for semantics
  /// \param ForceUnprivileged true if this check should proceed as if the
  ///     context had no special privileges
  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, QualType Base,
                                    QualType Derived, const CXXBasePath &Path,
                                    unsigned DiagID, bool ForceCheck = false,
                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
 
  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(
      SourceLocation AccessLoc, CXXRecordDecl *Base, CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
      const CXXBasePath &Path, unsigned DiagID,
      llvm::function_ref<void(PartialDiagnostic &PD)> SetupPDiag,
      bool ForceCheck = false, bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
 
  /// Checks access to all the declarations in the given result set.
  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
 
  /// Checks access to Target from the given class. The check will take access
  /// specifiers into account, but no member access expressions and such.
  ///
  /// \param Target the declaration to check if it can be accessed
  /// \param NamingClass the class in which the lookup was started.
  /// \param BaseType type of the left side of member access expression.
  ///        \p BaseType and \p NamingClass are used for C++ access control.
  ///        Depending on the lookup case, they should be set to the following:
  ///        - lhs.target (member access without a qualifier):
  ///          \p BaseType and \p NamingClass are both the type of 'lhs'.
  ///        - lhs.X::target (member access with a qualifier):
  ///          BaseType is the type of 'lhs', NamingClass is 'X'
  ///        - X::target (qualified lookup without member access):
  ///          BaseType is null, NamingClass is 'X'.
  ///        - target (unqualified lookup).
  ///          BaseType is null, NamingClass is the parent class of 'target'.
  /// \return true if the Target is accessible from the Class, false otherwise.
  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                          QualType BaseType);
 
  /// Is the given member accessible for the purposes of deciding whether to
  /// define a special member function as deleted?
  bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                                     DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType,
                                     SourceLocation Loc,
                                     const PartialDiagnostic &Diag);
  bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                                     DeclAccessPair Found,
                                     QualType ObjectType) {
    return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType,
                                         SourceLocation(), PDiag());
  }
 
  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(
      const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Attributes
  /// Implementations are in SemaAttr.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
  LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
      MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
 
  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
 
  /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
  SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
 
  struct PragmaClangSection {
    std::string SectionName;
    bool Valid = false;
    SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
  };
 
  PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection;
  PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection;
  PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection;
  PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection;
  PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection;
 
  enum PragmaMsStackAction {
    PSK_Reset = 0x0,                   // #pragma ()
    PSK_Set = 0x1,                     // #pragma (value)
    PSK_Push = 0x2,                    // #pragma (push[, id])
    PSK_Pop = 0x4,                     // #pragma (pop[, id])
    PSK_Show = 0x8,                    // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
    PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
    PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set,   // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
  };
 
  struct PragmaPackInfo {
    PragmaMsStackAction Action;
    StringRef SlotLabel;
    Token Alignment;
  };
 
  // #pragma pack and align.
  class AlignPackInfo {
  public:
    // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the
    // platform.
    enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k };
 
    // #pragma pack info constructor
    AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL)
        : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) {
      assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated.");
    }
 
    // #pragma align info constructor
    AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL)
        : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M),
          PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {}
 
    explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {}
 
    AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {}
 
    // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit
    // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to
    // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly.
    static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) {
      std::uint32_t Encoding{};
      if (Info.IsXLStack())
        Encoding |= IsXLMask;
 
      Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1;
 
      if (Info.IsPackAttr())
        Encoding |= PackAttrMask;
 
      Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4;
 
      return Encoding;
    }
 
    static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) {
      bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask);
      AlignPackInfo::Mode M =
          static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1);
      int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4;
 
      if (Encoding & PackAttrMask)
        return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL);
 
      return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL);
    }
 
    bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; }
 
    bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; }
 
    Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; }
 
    unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; }
 
    bool IsPackSet() const {
      // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack
      // attriute on a decl.
      return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0;
    }
 
    bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; }
 
    bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const {
      return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) ==
             std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr,
                      Info.XLStack);
    }
 
    bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const {
      return !(*this == Info);
    }
 
  private:
    /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute,
    ///         not a pragma align attribute.
    bool PackAttr;
 
    /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect.
    Mode AlignMode;
 
    /// \brief The pack number of the stack.
    unsigned char PackNumber;
 
    /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack.
    bool XLStack;
 
    /// \brief Uninitialized pack value.
    static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1;
 
    // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo.
    static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001};
    static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006};
    static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008};
    static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0};
  };
 
  template <typename ValueType> struct PragmaStack {
    struct Slot {
      llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
      ValueType Value;
      SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
      SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation;
      Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value,
           SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation)
          : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
            PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation),
            PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {}
    };
 
    void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
             llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) {
      if (Action == PSK_Reset) {
        CurrentValue = DefaultValue;
        CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation;
        return;
      }
      if (Action & PSK_Push)
        Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation,
                           PragmaLocation);
      else if (Action & PSK_Pop) {
        if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) {
          // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there.
          auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) {
            return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel;
          });
          // If we found the label so pop from there.
          if (I != Stack.rend()) {
            CurrentValue = I->Value;
            CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation;
            Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end());
          }
        } else if (!Stack.empty()) {
          // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry.
          CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value;
          CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation;
          Stack.pop_back();
        }
      }
      if (Action & PSK_Set) {
        CurrentValue = Value;
        CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation;
      }
    }
 
    // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
    // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
    //
    //   struct S {
    //     #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
    //     void Method {}
    //     #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
    //   };
    //
    // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
    //   #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
    // syntax.
    //
    // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
    void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
      assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
             "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
      Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
    }
 
    // Constructors.
    explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
        : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
 
    bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; }
 
    SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
    ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
    ValueType CurrentValue;
    SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
  };
  // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
  // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
 
  /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
  /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
  ///
  /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
  /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
  ///    structors
  /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
  ///    objects
  PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack;
  PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack;
  // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include.
  struct AlignPackIncludeState {
    AlignPackInfo CurrentValue;
    SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
    bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude;
  };
  SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack;
  // Segment #pragmas.
  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
  PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
 
  // #pragma strict_gs_check.
  PragmaStack<bool> StrictGuardStackCheckStack;
 
  // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures.
  PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack;
  FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() {
    FPOptionsOverride result;
    if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) {
      result = FPOptionsOverride();
    } else {
      result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue;
    }
    return result;
  }
 
  enum PragmaSectionKind {
    PSK_DataSeg,
    PSK_BSSSeg,
    PSK_ConstSeg,
    PSK_CodeSeg,
  };
 
  // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
  // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
  class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
  public:
    PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
    ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
    PragmaStackSentinelRAII(const PragmaStackSentinelRAII &) = delete;
    PragmaStackSentinelRAII &
    operator=(const PragmaStackSentinelRAII &) = delete;
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    StringRef SlotLabel;
    bool ShouldAct;
  };
 
  /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
  StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
  SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
 
  /// Sections used with #pragma alloc_text.
  llvm::StringMap<std::tuple<StringRef, SourceLocation>> FunctionToSectionMap;
 
  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
 
  /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute.
  struct PragmaAttributeEntry {
    SourceLocation Loc;
    ParsedAttr *Attribute;
    SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules;
    bool IsUsed;
  };
 
  /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries.
  struct PragmaAttributeGroup {
    /// The location of the push attribute.
    SourceLocation Loc;
    /// The namespace of this push group.
    const IdentifierInfo *Namespace;
    SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries;
  };
 
  SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack;
 
  /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the
  /// #pragma attribute stack.
  const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl;
 
  /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
  /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
  /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
  SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
 
  /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
  /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
  SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
    return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
  }
 
  /// The "on" or "off" argument passed by \#pragma optimize, that denotes
  /// whether the optimizations in the list passed to the pragma should be
  /// turned off or on. This boolean is true by default because command line
  /// options are honored when `#pragma optimize("", on)`.
  /// (i.e. `ModifyFnAttributeMSPragmaOptimze()` does nothing)
  bool MSPragmaOptimizeIsOn = true;
 
  /// Set of no-builtin functions listed by \#pragma function.
  llvm::SmallSetVector<StringRef, 4> MSFunctionNoBuiltins;
 
  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
 
  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
 
  /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator
  /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name
  /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND.
  void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord);
 
  /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types.
  void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
 
  /// Add [[clang:::lifetimebound]] attr for std:: functions and methods.
  void inferLifetimeBoundAttribute(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Add [[clang:::lifetime_capture_by(this)]] to STL container methods.
  void inferLifetimeCaptureByAttribute(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types.
  void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD);
 
  LifetimeCaptureByAttr *ParseLifetimeCaptureByAttr(const ParsedAttr &AL,
                                                    StringRef ParamName);
  // Processes the argument 'X' in [[clang::lifetime_capture_by(X)]]. Since 'X'
  // can be the name of a function parameter, we need to parse the function
  // declaration and rest of the parameters before processesing 'X'. Therefore
  // do this lazily instead of processing while parsing the annotation itself.
  void LazyProcessLifetimeCaptureByParams(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Add _Nullable attributes for std:: types.
  void inferNullableClassAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *CRD);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section
  void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                               PragmaClangSectionAction Action,
                               PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind,
                               StringRef SecName);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
  void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
                       StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
 
  /// ConstantFoldAttrArgs - Folds attribute arguments into ConstantExprs
  /// (unless they are value dependent or type dependent). Returns false
  /// and emits a diagnostic if one or more of the arguments could not be
  /// folded into a constant.
  bool ConstantFoldAttrArgs(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                            MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
 
  enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind {
    NonDefaultStateAtInclude,
    ChangedStateAtExit
  };
 
  void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind,
                                         SourceLocation IncludeLoc);
  void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack();
 
  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
                            StringRef Arg);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
                                 StringRef Value);
 
  /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled?
  bool isPreciseFPEnabled() {
    return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() &&
           !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() &&
           !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() &&
           !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc();
  }
 
  void ActOnPragmaFPEvalMethod(SourceLocation Loc,
                               LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind Value);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control
  void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
                               PragmaFloatControlKind Value);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
  /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
  /// representation]).
  void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
      LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
      SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
 
  /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
  void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc, MSVtorDispMode Value);
 
  bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags,
                    NamedDecl *TheDecl);
  bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags,
                    SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
 
  /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
  void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
                        PragmaMsStackAction Action,
                        llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
                        StringLiteral *SegmentName, llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
 
  /// Called on well formed \#pragma section().
  void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, int SectionFlags,
                            StringLiteral *SegmentName);
 
  /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
  void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
                            StringLiteral *SegmentName);
 
  /// Called on well-formed \#pragma alloc_text().
  void ActOnPragmaMSAllocText(
      SourceLocation PragmaLocation, StringRef Section,
      const SmallVector<std::tuple<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>>
          &Functions);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaMSStrictGuardStackCheck - Called on well formed \#pragma
  /// strict_gs_check.
  void ActOnPragmaMSStrictGuardStackCheck(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
                                          PragmaMsStackAction Action,
                                          bool Value);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, Scope *curScope,
                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
 
  void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute,
                                     SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                                     attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules);
  void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                                     const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
 
  /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'.
  void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                               const IdentifierInfo *Namespace);
 
  /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the
  /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration.
  void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D);
 
  using InstantiationContextDiagFuncRef =
      llvm::function_ref<void(SourceLocation, PartialDiagnostic)>;
  auto getDefaultDiagFunc() {
    return [this](SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD) {
      // This bypasses a lot of the filters in the diag engine, as it's
      // to be used to attach notes to diagnostics which have already
      // been filtered through.
      DiagnosticBuilder Builder(Diags.Report(Loc, PD.getDiagID()));
      PD.Emit(Builder);
    };
  }
 
  void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(
      InstantiationContextDiagFuncRef DiagFunc);
  void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint() {
    PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(getDefaultDiagFunc());
  }
 
  void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute();
 
  /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
  void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
 
  /// #pragma optimize("[optimization-list]", on | off).
  void ActOnPragmaMSOptimize(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsOn);
 
  /// Call on well formed \#pragma function.
  void
  ActOnPragmaMSFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
                        const llvm::SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &NoBuiltins);
 
  NamedDecl *lookupExternCFunctionOrVariable(IdentifierInfo *IdentId,
                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                             Scope *curScope);
 
  /// Information from a C++ #pragma export, for a symbol that we
  /// haven't seen the declaration for yet.
  struct PendingPragmaInfo {
    SourceLocation NameLoc;
    bool Used;
  };
 
  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, PendingPragmaInfo> PendingExportedNames;
 
  /// ActonPragmaExport - called on well-formed '\#pragma export'.
  void ActOnPragmaExport(IdentifierInfo *IdentId, SourceLocation ExportNameLoc,
                         Scope *curScope);
 
  /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
  /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
  /// with attribute optnone.
  void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a `#pragma alloc_text`
  /// that decides which code section the function should be in, add
  /// attribute section to the function.
  void AddSectionMSAllocText(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
  /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
  /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
  void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a MSVC #pragma optimize
  /// in scope, consider changing the function's attributes based on the
  /// optimization list passed to the pragma.
  void ModifyFnAttributesMSPragmaOptimize(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
  /// with the effect of a range-based no_builtin, consider marking the function
  /// with attribute no_builtin.
  void AddImplicitMSFunctionNoBuiltinAttr(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
 
  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
  void FreeVisContext();
 
  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo *VisType,
                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and
  /// \#pragma clang fp contract
  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC);
 
  /// Called on well formed
  /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate
  /// or
  /// \#pragma clang fp reciprocal
  void ActOnPragmaFPValueChangingOption(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaFPKind Kind,
                                        bool IsEnabled);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed
  /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS
  void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaCXLimitedRange - Called on well formed
  /// \#pragma STDC CX_LIMITED_RANGE
  void ActOnPragmaCXLimitedRange(SourceLocation Loc,
                                 LangOptions::ComplexRangeKind Range);
 
  /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'.
  void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc,
                               LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind);
 
  /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations.
  void ActOnPragmaFEnvRound(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode);
 
  /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations.
  void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind);
 
  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
                                   SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
 
  /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes,
  /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the
  /// correct number of arguments were passed, etc. Returns true if the
  /// attribute has been diagnosed.
  bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A,
                                    bool SkipArgCountCheck = false);
  bool checkCommonAttributeFeatures(const Stmt *S, const ParsedAttr &A,
                                    bool SkipArgCountCheck = false);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Availability Attribute Handling
  /// Implementations are in SemaAvailability.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
  void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
 
  void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
 
  /// Retrieve the current function, if any, that should be analyzed for
  /// potential availability violations.
  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext();
 
  void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
                                  const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
                                  bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
                                  bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks,
                                  ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver);
 
  void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs);
 
  std::pair<AvailabilityResult, const NamedDecl *>
  ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(const NamedDecl *D, std::string *Message,
                                   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver);
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Bounds Safety
  /// Implementations are in SemaBoundsSafety.cpp
  ///@{
public:
  /// Check if applying the specified attribute variant from the "counted by"
  /// family of attributes to FieldDecl \p FD is semantically valid. If
  /// semantically invalid diagnostics will be emitted explaining the problems.
  ///
  /// \param FD The FieldDecl to apply the attribute to
  /// \param E The count expression on the attribute
  /// \param CountInBytes If true the attribute is from the "sized_by" family of
  ///                     attributes. If the false the attribute is from
  ///                     "counted_by" family of attributes.
  /// \param OrNull If true the attribute is from the "_or_null" suffixed family
  ///               of attributes. If false the attribute does not have the
  ///               suffix.
  ///
  /// Together \p CountInBytes and \p OrNull decide the attribute variant. E.g.
  /// \p CountInBytes and \p OrNull both being true indicates the
  /// `counted_by_or_null` attribute.
  ///
  /// \returns false iff semantically valid.
  bool CheckCountedByAttrOnField(FieldDecl *FD, Expr *E, bool CountInBytes,
                                 bool OrNull);
 
  /// Perform Bounds Safety Semantic checks for assigning to a `__counted_by` or
  /// `__counted_by_or_null` pointer type \param LHSTy.
  ///
  /// \param LHSTy The type being assigned to. Checks will only be performed if
  ///              the type is a `counted_by` or `counted_by_or_null ` pointer.
  /// \param RHSExpr The expression being assigned from.
  /// \param Action The type assignment being performed
  /// \param Loc The SourceLocation to use for error diagnostics
  /// \param Assignee The ValueDecl being assigned. This is used to compute
  ///        the name of the assignee. If the assignee isn't known this can
  ///        be set to nullptr.
  /// \param ShowFullyQualifiedAssigneeName If set to true when using \p
  ///        Assignee to compute the name of the assignee use the fully
  ///        qualified name, otherwise use the unqualified name.
  ///
  /// \returns True iff no diagnostic where emitted, false otherwise.
  bool BoundsSafetyCheckAssignmentToCountAttrPtr(
      QualType LHSTy, Expr *RHSExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
      SourceLocation Loc, const ValueDecl *Assignee,
      bool ShowFullyQualifiedAssigneeName);
 
  /// Perform Bounds Safety Semantic checks for initializing a Bounds Safety
  /// pointer.
  ///
  /// \param Entity The entity being initialized
  /// \param Kind The kind of initialization being performed
  /// \param Action The type assignment being performed
  /// \param LHSTy The type being assigned to. Checks will only be performed if
  ///              the type is a `counted_by` or `counted_by_or_null ` pointer.
  /// \param RHSExpr The expression being used for initialization.
  ///
  /// \returns True iff no diagnostic where emitted, false otherwise.
  bool BoundsSafetyCheckInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                       const InitializationKind &Kind,
                                       AssignmentAction Action,
                                       QualType LHSType, Expr *RHSExpr);
 
  /// Perform Bounds Safety semantic checks for uses of invalid uses counted_by
  /// or counted_by_or_null pointers in \param E.
  ///
  /// \param E the expression to check
  ///
  /// \returns True iff no diagnostic where emitted, false otherwise.
  bool BoundsSafetyCheckUseOfCountAttrPtr(const Expr *E);
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Casts
  /// Implementations are in SemaCast.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
    return CCK == CheckedConversionKind::CStyleCast ||
           CCK == CheckedConversionKind::FunctionalCast ||
           CCK == CheckedConversionKind::OtherCast;
  }
 
  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse
  /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's.
  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind,
                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, Declarator &D,
                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
                               SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *E,
                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind,
                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty, Expr *E,
                               SourceRange AngleBrackets, SourceRange Parens);
 
  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl,
                                     ExprResult Operand,
                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
                                     Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
 
  // Checks that the vector type should be initialized from a scalar
  // by splatting the value rather than populating a single element.
  // This is the case for AltiVecVector types as well as with
  // AltiVecPixel and AltiVecBool when -faltivec-src-compat=xl is specified.
  bool ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(const VectorType *VecTy);
 
  // Checks if the -faltivec-src-compat=gcc option is specified.
  // If so, AltiVecVector, AltiVecBool and AltiVecPixel types are
  // treated the same way as they are when trying to initialize
  // these vectors on gcc (an error is emitted).
  bool CheckAltivecInitFromScalar(SourceRange R, QualType VecTy,
                                  QualType SrcTy);
 
  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Op);
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type,
                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                        Expr *CastExpr,
                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Extra Semantic Checking
  /// Implementations are in SemaChecking.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy
  /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object.
  bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride = false;
 
  bool isConstantEvaluatedContext() const {
    return currentEvaluationContext().isConstantEvaluated() ||
           isConstantEvaluatedOverride;
  }
 
  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
 
  enum FormatArgumentPassingKind {
    FAPK_Fixed,    // values to format are fixed (no C-style variadic arguments)
    FAPK_Variadic, // values to format are passed as variadic arguments
    FAPK_VAList,   // values to format are passed in a va_list
    FAPK_Elsewhere, // values to format are not passed to this function
  };
 
  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
  // FunctionDeclaration.
  struct FormatStringInfo {
    unsigned FormatIdx;
    unsigned FirstDataArg;
    FormatArgumentPassingKind ArgPassingKind;
  };
 
  /// Given a function and its FormatAttr or FormatMatchesAttr info, attempts to
  /// populate the FormatStringInfo parameter with the attribute's correct
  /// format_idx and firstDataArg. Returns true when the format fits the
  /// function and the FormatStringInfo has been populated.
  static bool getFormatStringInfo(const Decl *Function, unsigned FormatIdx,
                                  unsigned FirstArg, FormatStringInfo *FSI);
  static bool getFormatStringInfo(unsigned FormatIdx, unsigned FirstArg,
                                  bool HasImplicitThisParam, bool IsVariadic,
                                  FormatStringInfo *FSI);
 
  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
  ExprResult BuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// ConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
  ExprResult ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                               SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  static StringRef GetFormatStringTypeName(FormatStringType FST);
  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(StringRef FormatFlavor);
  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatMatchesAttr *Format);
 
  bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
 
  /// Check for comparisons of floating-point values using == and !=. Issue a
  /// warning if the comparison is not likely to do what the programmer
  /// intended.
  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, const Expr *LHS,
                            const Expr *RHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode);
 
  /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
 
  struct TypeTagData {
    TypeTagData() {}
 
    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull)
        : Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
          MustBeNull(MustBeNull) {}
 
    QualType Type;
 
    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
    /// layout-compatibility.
    LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool)
    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
    LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool)
    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
  };
 
  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
  /// identifies the magic value.
  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
 
  /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This happens at the end of
  /// each expression evaluation context. Diagnostics are emitted only for
  /// accesses gathered in the current evaluation context.
  void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
 
  /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
  /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
  /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
  /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
  /// void*).
  void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
 
  /// Returns true if `From` is a function or pointer to a function with the
  /// `cfi_unchecked_callee` attribute but `To` is a function or pointer to
  /// function without this attribute.
  bool DiscardingCFIUncheckedCallee(QualType From, QualType To) const;
 
  /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
  /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
  /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
  void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
      Expr *E,
      llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
          Action);
 
  enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST };
  ExprResult
  BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange,
                  SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args,
                  AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op,
                  AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API);
 
  /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
  bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
 
  /// Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
  /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
  /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
  /// compared to a null pointer
  /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
  /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
  void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
                                    Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
                                    bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
 
  /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
  /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
  /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
  /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
  /// parameters are complete.
  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
                                bool CheckParameterNames);
 
  /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
  /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
 
  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
 
  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
 
  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
  ///
  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
  ///     if (condition);
  ///       do_stuff();
  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, const Stmt *Body,
                             unsigned DiagID);
 
  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, const Stmt *PossibleBody);
 
  /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
  void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
                        SourceLocation OpLoc);
 
  bool IsLayoutCompatible(QualType T1, QualType T2) const;
  bool IsPointerInterconvertibleBaseOf(const TypeSourceInfo *Base,
                                       const TypeSourceInfo *Derived);
 
  /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
  /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
 
  enum class EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction {
    None,
    FloatTy,
    IntegerTy,
    SignedIntOrFloatTy,
  };
 
  /// \param FPOnly restricts the arguments to floating-point types.
  std::optional<QualType>
  BuiltinVectorMath(CallExpr *TheCall,
                    EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction ArgTyRestr =
                        EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction::None);
  bool BuiltinVectorToScalarMath(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  void checkLifetimeCaptureBy(FunctionDecl *FDecl, bool IsMemberFunction,
                              const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
 
  /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
  /// functions, NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters, diagnose_if
  /// attributes and AArch64 SME attributes.
  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                 const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
                 bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
                 VariadicCallType CallType);
 
  /// Verify that two format strings (as understood by attribute(format) and
  /// attribute(format_matches) are compatible. If they are incompatible,
  /// diagnostics are emitted with the assumption that \c
  /// AuthoritativeFormatString is correct and
  /// \c TestedFormatString is wrong. If \c FunctionCallArg is provided,
  /// diagnostics will point to it and a note will refer to \c
  /// TestedFormatString or \c AuthoritativeFormatString as appropriate.
  bool
  CheckFormatStringsCompatible(FormatStringType FST,
                               const StringLiteral *AuthoritativeFormatString,
                               const StringLiteral *TestedFormatString,
                               const Expr *FunctionCallArg = nullptr);
 
  /// Verify that one format string (as understood by attribute(format)) is
  /// self-consistent; for instance, that it doesn't have multiple positional
  /// arguments referring to the same argument in incompatible ways. Diagnose
  /// if it isn't.
  bool ValidateFormatString(FormatStringType FST, const StringLiteral *Str);
 
  /// \brief Enforce the bounds of a TCB
  /// CheckTCBEnforcement - Enforces that every function in a named TCB only
  /// directly calls other functions in the same TCB as marked by the
  /// enforce_tcb and enforce_tcb_leaf attributes.
  void CheckTCBEnforcement(const SourceLocation CallExprLoc,
                           const NamedDecl *Callee);
 
  void CheckConstrainedAuto(const AutoType *AutoT, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// BuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
  /// TheCall is a constant expression.
  bool BuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum,
                          llvm::APSInt &Result);
 
  /// BuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
  /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
  bool BuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum, int Low,
                               int High, bool RangeIsError = true);
 
  /// BuiltinConstantArgMultiple - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
  /// TheCall is a constant expression is a multiple of Num..
  bool BuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum,
                                  unsigned Multiple);
 
  /// BuiltinConstantArgPower2 - Check if argument ArgNum of TheCall is a
  /// constant expression representing a power of 2.
  bool BuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum);
 
  /// BuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte - Check if argument ArgNum of TheCall is
  /// a constant expression representing an arbitrary byte value shifted left by
  /// a multiple of 8 bits.
  bool BuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum,
                                     unsigned ArgBits);
 
  /// BuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOr0xFF - Check if argument ArgNum of
  /// TheCall is a constant expression representing either a shifted byte value,
  /// or a value of the form 0x??FF (i.e. a member of the arithmetic progression
  /// 0x00FF, 0x01FF, ..., 0xFFFF). This strange range check is needed for some
  /// Arm MVE intrinsics.
  bool BuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum,
                                           unsigned ArgBits);
 
  /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is at least the desired
  /// number. This is useful when doing custom type-checking on a variadic
  /// function. Returns true on error.
  bool checkArgCountAtLeast(CallExpr *Call, unsigned MinArgCount);
 
  /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is at most the desired
  /// number. This is useful when doing custom type-checking on a variadic
  /// function. Returns true on error.
  bool checkArgCountAtMost(CallExpr *Call, unsigned MaxArgCount);
 
  /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is in the desired range.
  /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking on a variadic function.
  /// Returns true on error.
  bool checkArgCountRange(CallExpr *Call, unsigned MinArgCount,
                          unsigned MaxArgCount);
 
  /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
  /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
  bool checkArgCount(CallExpr *Call, unsigned DesiredArgCount);
 
  /// Returns true if the argument consists of one contiguous run of 1s with any
  /// number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to MSB,
  /// so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, 0xFF0000FF, 0x0 are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is not,
  /// since all 1s are not contiguous.
  bool ValueIsRunOfOnes(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum);
 
  void CheckImplicitConversion(Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC,
                               bool *ICContext = nullptr,
                               bool IsListInit = false);
 
  /// Check for overflow behavior type related implicit conversion diagnostics.
  /// Returns true if OBT-related diagnostic was issued, false otherwise.
  bool CheckOverflowBehaviorTypeConversion(Expr *E, QualType T,
                                           SourceLocation CC);
 
  bool
  BuiltinElementwiseTernaryMath(CallExpr *TheCall,
                                EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction ArgTyRestr =
                                    EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction::FloatTy);
  bool PrepareBuiltinElementwiseMathOneArgCall(
      CallExpr *TheCall, EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction ArgTyRestr =
                             EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction::None);
 
private:
  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = nullptr,
                        bool AllowOnePastEnd = true, bool IndexNegated = false);
  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
 
  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
 
  /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
  /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
 
  /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
  /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, QualType ThisType,
                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Warn if a pointer or reference argument passed to a function points to an
  /// object that is less aligned than the parameter. This can happen when
  /// creating a typedef with a lower alignment than the original type and then
  /// calling functions defined in terms of the original type.
  void CheckArgAlignment(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *FDecl,
                         StringRef ParamName, QualType ArgTy, QualType ParamTy);
 
  ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg);
 
  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
                                      CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
                                  CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// Argument-value fortify checks for libc functions that are not builtins,
  /// dispatched by name (e.g. umask). Diagnostics belong to -Wfortify-source.
  void checkFortifiedLibcArgument(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start', '__builtin_ms_va_start',
  /// or '__builtin_c23_va_start' for validity. Emit an error and return true
  /// on failure; return false on success.
  bool BuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
  bool BuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call);
 
  /// BuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
  /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
  bool BuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned BuiltinID);
 
  /// BuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
  /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
  /// to check everything.
  bool BuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs,
                               unsigned BuiltinID);
 
  /// Perform semantic analysis for a call to __builtin_complex.
  bool BuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall);
  bool BuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// BuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
  /// This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
  /// optional constant int args.
  bool BuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// Handle __builtin_alloca_with_align. This is declared
  /// as (size_t, size_t) where the second size_t must be a power of 2 greater
  /// than 8.
  bool BuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// BuiltinArithmeticFence - Handle __arithmetic_fence.
  bool BuiltinArithmeticFence(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// BuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
  /// __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
  /// has side effects.
  bool BuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
  /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
  bool BuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// BuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
  /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
  /// that val is a constant 1.
  bool BuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// BuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
  /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
  bool BuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  /// We have a call to a function like __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an
  /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its first argument.
  /// The main BuildCallExpr routines have already promoted the types of
  /// arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as void(...).
  ///
  /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
  /// builtins, as well as generating any warnings.
  ExprResult BuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
 
  /// BuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
  /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
  /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
  ///
  /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
  /// builtins.
  ExprResult BuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
  ExprResult AtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
                                 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
 
  /// \param FPOnly restricts the arguments to floating-point types.
  bool BuiltinElementwiseMath(CallExpr *TheCall,
                              EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction ArgTyRestr =
                                  EltwiseBuiltinArgTyRestriction::None);
  bool PrepareBuiltinReduceMathOneArgCall(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  bool BuiltinNonDeterministicValue(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  bool CheckInvalidBuiltinCountedByRef(const Expr *E,
                                       BuiltinCountedByRefKind K);
  bool BuiltinCountedByRef(CallExpr *TheCall);
 
  // Matrix builtin handling.
  ExprResult BuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall, ExprResult CallResult);
  ExprResult BuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall,
                                          ExprResult CallResult);
  ExprResult BuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall,
                                           ExprResult CallResult);
 
  /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
  /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
  /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsCXXMember,
                            VariadicCallType CallType, SourceLocation Loc,
                            SourceRange Range,
                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
  bool CheckFormatString(const FormatMatchesAttr *Format,
                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsCXXMember,
                         VariadicCallType CallType, SourceLocation Loc,
                         SourceRange Range,
                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
                            FormatArgumentPassingKind FAPK,
                            StringLiteral *ReferenceFormatString,
                            unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
                            FormatStringType Type, VariadicCallType CallType,
                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
 
  void CheckInfNaNFunction(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
 
  /// Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
  void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
                                  const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
 
  void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl);
 
  /// Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
  ///
  /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
  /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
  /// function calls.
  ///
  /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, unsigned BId,
                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
 
  bool CheckSizeofMemaccessArgument(const Expr *SizeOfArg, const Expr *Dest,
                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName);
  // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
  // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, IdentifierInfo *FnName);
 
  // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
  // The correct size argument should look like following:
  //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
                             const IdentifierInfo *FnName);
 
  /// Alerts the user that they are attempting to free a non-malloc'd object.
  void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E);
 
  void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc, bool isObjCMethod = false,
                          const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
                          const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
 
  /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
  /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
  /// and -Wsign-compare.
  ///
  /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
  ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
  ///   conversion
  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
 
  /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
  /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
  void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
 
  /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its
  /// evaluation results in integer overflow
  void CheckForIntOverflow(const Expr *E);
  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E);
 
  /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
 
  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
                                   Expr *Init);
 
  /// A map from magic value to type information.
  std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
 
  /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
                                const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs,
                                SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
 
  /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
  /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
  void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
 
  /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
  /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
  struct MisalignedMember {
    Expr *E;
    RecordDecl *RD;
    ValueDecl *MD;
    CharUnits Alignment;
 
    MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD() {}
    MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
                     CharUnits Alignment)
        : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
    explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
        : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
 
    bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
  };
 
  /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
  void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
                                     CharUnits Alignment);
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Coroutines
  /// Implementations are in SemaCoroutine.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in
  /// <coroutine_traits>
  ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache;
 
  bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc,
                               StringRef Keyword);
  ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
  ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
  StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
 
  ExprResult BuildOperatorCoawaitLookupExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc);
  ExprResult BuildOperatorCoawaitCall(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *Lookup);
  ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *Operand,
                                      Expr *Awaiter, bool IsImplicit = false);
  ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *Operand,
                                        UnresolvedLookupExpr *Lookup);
  ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
  StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E,
                               bool IsImplicit = false);
  StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs);
  bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc);
  VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc);
  void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
 
  // As a clang extension, enforces that a non-coroutine function must be marked
  // with [[clang::coro_wrapper]] if it returns a type marked with
  // [[clang::coro_return_type]].
  // Expects that FD is not a coroutine.
  void CheckCoroutineWrapper(FunctionDecl *FD);
  /// Lookup 'coroutine_traits' in std namespace and std::experimental
  /// namespace. The namespace found is recorded in Namespace.
  ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc,
                                           SourceLocation FuncLoc);
  /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be
  /// potentially-throwing.
  bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Scope Specifiers
  /// Implementations are in SemaCXXScopeSpec.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
  // Complete an enum decl, maybe without a scope spec.
  bool RequireCompleteEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D, SourceLocation L,
                               CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
 
  /// Compute the DeclContext that is associated with the given type.
  ///
  /// \param T the type for which we are attempting to find a DeclContext.
  ///
  /// \returns the declaration context represented by the type T,
  /// or NULL if the declaration context cannot be computed (e.g., because it is
  /// dependent and not the current instantiation).
  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
 
  /// Compute the DeclContext that is associated with the given
  /// scope specifier.
  ///
  /// \param SS the C++ scope specifier as it appears in the source
  ///
  /// \param EnteringContext when true, we will be entering the context of
  /// this scope specifier, so we can retrieve the declaration context of a
  /// class template or class template partial specialization even if it is
  /// not the current instantiation.
  ///
  /// \returns the declaration context represented by the scope specifier @p SS,
  /// or NULL if the declaration context cannot be computed (e.g., because it is
  /// dependent and not the current instantiation).
  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// If the given nested name specifier refers to the current
  /// instantiation, return the declaration that corresponds to that
  /// current instantiation (C++0x [temp.dep.type]p1).
  ///
  /// \param NNS a dependent nested name specifier.
  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier NNS);
 
  /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
  ///
  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
  ///
  /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
                                SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// Determines whether the given declaration is an valid acceptable
  /// result for name lookup of a nested-name-specifier.
  /// \param SD Declaration checked for nested-name-specifier.
  /// \param IsExtension If not null and the declaration is accepted as an
  /// extension, the pointed variable is assigned true.
  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
                                       bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
 
  /// If the given nested-name-specifier begins with a bare identifier
  /// (e.g., Base::), perform name lookup for that identifier as a
  /// nested-name-specifier within the given scope, and return the result of
  /// that name lookup.
  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier NNS);
 
  /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
  ///
  struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
    /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
    /// a member access expression.
    ParsedType ObjectType;
 
    /// The identifier preceding the '::'.
    IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
 
    /// The location of the identifier.
    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
 
    /// The location of the '::'.
    SourceLocation CCLoc;
 
    /// Creates info object for the most typical case.
    NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
                       SourceLocation ColonColonLoc,
                       ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
        : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
          CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {}
 
    NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
                       SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
        : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
          IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {}
  };
 
  /// Build a new nested-name-specifier for "identifier::", as described
  /// by ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier.
  ///
  /// \param S Scope in which the nested-name-specifier occurs.
  /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
  ///        nested-name-spec.
  /// \param EnteringContext If true, enter the context specified by the
  ///        nested-name-specifier.
  /// \param SS Optional nested name specifier preceding the identifier.
  /// \param ScopeLookupResult Provides the result of name lookup within the
  ///        scope of the nested-name-specifier that was computed at template
  ///        definition time.
  /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup Specifies if the method is called to improve
  ///        error recovery and what kind of recovery is performed.
  /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestion of replace '::' -> ':'
  ///        are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to
  ///       'true' if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':',
  ///        not '::'.
  /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
  ///
  /// This routine differs only slightly from ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier, in
  /// that it contains an extra parameter \p ScopeLookupResult, which provides
  /// the result of name lookup within the scope of the nested-name-specifier
  /// that was computed at template definition time.
  ///
  /// If ErrorRecoveryLookup is true, then this call is used to improve error
  /// recovery.  This means that it should not emit diagnostics, it should
  /// just return true on failure.  It also means it should only return a valid
  /// scope if it *knows* that the result is correct.  It should not return in a
  /// dependent context, for example. Nor will it extend \p SS with the scope
  /// specifier.
  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
                                   bool EnteringContext, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
                                   bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
                                   bool OnlyNamespace = false);
 
  /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
  ///
  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
  ///
  /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
  /// nested-name-spec.
  ///
  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
  /// this nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
  /// including this new type).
  ///
  /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
  /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
  /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
  ///
  /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
                                   bool EnteringContext, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr,
                                   bool OnlyNamespace = false);
 
  /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
  ///
  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
  /// including this new type).
  ///
  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
  ///
  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
  /// nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(
      Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
      TemplateTy TemplateName, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
      SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
      SourceLocation RAngleLoc, SourceLocation CCLoc, bool EnteringContext);
 
  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclSpec &DS,
                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
 
  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierIndexedPack(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                              const DeclSpec &DS,
                                              SourceLocation ColonColonLoc,
                                              QualType Type);
 
  /// IsInvalidUnlessNestedName - This method is used for error recovery
  /// purposes to determine whether the specified identifier is only valid as
  /// a nested name specifier, for example a namespace name.  It is
  /// conservatively correct to always return false from this method.
  ///
  /// The arguments are the same as those passed to ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier.
  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
                                 bool EnteringContext);
 
  /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
  /// nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
  ///
  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
  ///
  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
  /// of the annotation pointer.
  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
  /// defining scope.
  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Declarations
  /// Implementations are in SemaDecl.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
 
  /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current
  /// context.
  unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0;
 
  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
  class ContextRAII {
  private:
    Sema &S;
    DeclContext *SavedContext;
    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    unsigned SavedFunctionScopesStart;
    unsigned SavedInventedParameterInfosStart;
 
  public:
    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
        : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
          SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
          SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride),
          SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart),
          SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart) {
      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
      if (NewThisContext)
        S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
      // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context.
      S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size();
      S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size();
    }
 
    void pop() {
      if (!SavedContext)
        return;
      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
      S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart;
      S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart;
      SavedContext = nullptr;
    }
 
    ~ContextRAII() { pop(); }
    ContextRAII(const ContextRAII &) = delete;
    ContextRAII &operator=(const ContextRAII &) = delete;
  };
 
  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
 
  /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction
  /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them
  /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a
  /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions;
 
  /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_enum
  /// attribute.
  llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl *, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
 
  /// A cache of enumerator values for enums checked by -Wassign-enum.
  llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl *, llvm::SmallVector<llvm::APSInt>>
      AssignEnumCache;
 
  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in \#pragma weak before
  /// declared. Rare. May alias another identifier, declared or undeclared.
  ///
  /// For aliases, the target identifier is used as a key for eventual
  /// processing when the target is declared. For the single-identifier form,
  /// the sole identifier is used as the key. Each entry is a `SetVector`
  /// (ordered by parse order) of aliases (identified by the alias name) in case
  /// of multiple aliases to the same undeclared identifier.
  llvm::MapVector<
      IdentifierInfo *,
      llvm::SetVector<
          WeakInfo, llvm::SmallVector<WeakInfo, 1u>,
          llvm::SmallDenseSet<WeakInfo, 2u, WeakInfo::DenseMapInfoByAliasOnly>>>
      WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
 
  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
  /// in the currently selected standard.
  llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, AsmLabelAttr *>
      ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
 
  /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
      UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
 
  /// Store UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates in \p Sorted in a deterministic
  /// order.
  void getSortedUnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates(
      SmallVectorImpl<const TypedefNameDecl *> &Sorted) const;
 
  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *,
                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
      UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
 
  /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
 
  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions,
                     2, 2>
      TentativeDefinitionsType;
 
  /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
 
  /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU.
  SmallVector<DeclaratorDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations;
 
  /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
  /// like in \see SemaObjC::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
 
  /// Is the module scope we are in a C++ Header Unit?
  bool currentModuleIsHeaderUnit() const {
    return ModuleScopes.empty() ? false
                                : ModuleScopes.back().Module->isHeaderUnit();
  }
 
  /// Get the module owning an entity.
  Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) {
    return Entity->getOwningModule();
  }
 
  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
 
  enum class DiagCtorKind { None, Implicit, Typename };
  /// Returns the TypeDeclType for the given type declaration,
  /// as ASTContext::getTypeDeclType would, but
  /// performs the required semantic checks for name lookup of said entity.
  void checkTypeDeclType(DeclContext *LookupCtx, DiagCtorKind DCK, TypeDecl *TD,
                         SourceLocation NameLoc);
 
  /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
  /// return the declaration of that type.
  ///
  /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
  /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
  /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
  /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
  /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
                         bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
                         ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
                         bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true,
                         ImplicitTypenameContext AllowImplicitTypename =
                             ImplicitTypenameContext::No,
                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
 
  /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
  /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
  /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
  /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to
  /// diagnose cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
 
  /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
  /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
  /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
  /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
  /// @code
  /// template<class T> class A {
  /// public:
  ///   typedef int TYPE;
  /// };
  /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
  /// public:
  ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
  /// };
  /// @endcode
  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
  void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, SourceLocation IILoc,
                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
                               ParsedType &SuggestedType,
                               bool IsTemplateName = false);
 
  /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
  /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
  /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
  /// scope during instantiation.
  ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                      bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
 
  class NameClassification {
    NameClassificationKind Kind;
    union {
      ExprResult Expr;
      NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl;
      TemplateName Template;
      ParsedType Type;
    };
 
    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
 
  public:
    NameClassification(ParsedType Type)
        : Kind(NameClassificationKind::Type), Type(Type) {}
 
    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
        : Kind(NameClassificationKind::Keyword) {}
 
    static NameClassification Error() {
      return NameClassification(NameClassificationKind::Error);
    }
 
    static NameClassification Unknown() {
      return NameClassification(NameClassificationKind::Unknown);
    }
 
    static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::OverloadSet);
      Result.Expr = E;
      return Result;
    }
 
    static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::NonType);
      Result.NonTypeDecl = D;
      return Result;
    }
 
    static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() {
      return NameClassification(NameClassificationKind::UndeclaredNonType);
    }
 
    static NameClassification DependentNonType() {
      return NameClassification(NameClassificationKind::DependentNonType);
    }
 
    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::TypeTemplate);
      Result.Template = Name;
      return Result;
    }
 
    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::VarTemplate);
      Result.Template = Name;
      return Result;
    }
 
    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::FunctionTemplate);
      Result.Template = Name;
      return Result;
    }
 
    static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::Concept);
      Result.Template = Name;
      return Result;
    }
 
    static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
      NameClassification Result(NameClassificationKind::UndeclaredTemplate);
      Result.Template = Name;
      return Result;
    }
 
    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
 
    ExprResult getExpression() const {
      assert(Kind == NameClassificationKind::OverloadSet);
      return Expr;
    }
 
    ParsedType getType() const {
      assert(Kind == NameClassificationKind::Type);
      return Type;
    }
 
    NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const {
      assert(Kind == NameClassificationKind::NonType);
      return NonTypeDecl;
    }
 
    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
      assert(Kind == NameClassificationKind::TypeTemplate ||
             Kind == NameClassificationKind::FunctionTemplate ||
             Kind == NameClassificationKind::VarTemplate ||
             Kind == NameClassificationKind::Concept ||
             Kind == NameClassificationKind::UndeclaredTemplate);
      return Template;
    }
 
    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
      switch (Kind) {
      case NameClassificationKind::TypeTemplate:
        return TNK_Type_template;
      case NameClassificationKind::FunctionTemplate:
        return TNK_Function_template;
      case NameClassificationKind::VarTemplate:
        return TNK_Var_template;
      case NameClassificationKind::Concept:
        return TNK_Concept_template;
      case NameClassificationKind::UndeclaredTemplate:
        return TNK_Undeclared_template;
      default:
        llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
      }
    }
  };
 
  /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
  ///
  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
  ///
  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
  ///
  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
  ///
  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
  ///
  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
  /// disambiguate the name.
  ///
  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                  const Token &NextToken,
                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr);
 
  /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only)
  /// non-type declaration.
  ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                                    SourceLocation NameLoc);
  /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a
  /// dependent base class.
  ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                                   IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                                   bool IsAddressOfOperand);
  /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type
  /// declaration.
  ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                          NamedDecl *Found,
                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                          const Token &NextToken);
  /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set.
  ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet);
 
  /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics.
  enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics {
    ClassTemplate,
    FunctionTemplate,
    VarTemplate,
    AliasTemplate,
    TemplateTemplateParam,
    Concept,
    DependentTemplate
  };
  TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
  getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name);
 
  /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a
  /// template-name.
  bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) {
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid())
      return false;
    Dependent = false;
    if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
      return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
    if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get()))
      return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
    Dependent = true;
    if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get()))
      return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
    if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get()))
      return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs();
    // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by
    // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName.
    return false;
  }
 
  void warnOnReservedIdentifier(const NamedDecl *D);
  void warnOnCTypeHiddenInCPlusPlus(const NamedDecl *D);
 
  void ProcessPragmaExport(DeclaratorDecl *newDecl);
 
  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
 
  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
 
  /// Attempt to fold a variable-sized type to a constant-sized type, returning
  /// true if we were successful.
  bool tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo, QualType &T,
                                       SourceLocation Loc,
                                       unsigned FailedFoldDiagID);
 
  /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
  /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
  /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
  /// function-scope declarations.
  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
 
  /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
  ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
  ///   name different from T:
  ///     - every static data member of class T;
  ///     - every member function of class T
  ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
  /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
 
  /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
  /// nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
  ///
  /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
  /// resolves.
  ///
  /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
  ///
  /// \param IsMemberSpecialization Whether we are declaring a member
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateId The template-id, if any.
  ///
  /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false
  /// otherwise.
  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
                                    DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
                                    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
                                    bool IsMemberSpecialization);
 
  bool checkPointerAuthEnabled(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
 
  bool checkConstantPointerAuthKey(Expr *keyExpr, unsigned &key);
 
  bool checkPointerAuthDiscriminatorArg(Expr *Arg, PointerAuthDiscArgKind Kind,
                                        unsigned &IntVal);
 
  /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
  /// does not identify a function.
  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
 
  /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
  /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
  NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
                                    const LookupResult &R);
 
  /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
  /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
  NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R);
 
  /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
  /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
  NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D,
                                    const LookupResult &R);
  /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
  /// -Wshadow.
  ///
  /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
  /// scope.
  ///
  /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
  /// \param R the lookup of the name
  void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
                   const LookupResult &R);
 
  /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
 
  /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
  /// to a shadowing declaration.
  void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
  /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
  void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
 
  void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
  void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
                                    TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
  NamedDecl *ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                    LookupResult &Previous);
 
  /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
  /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
  /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
  NamedDecl *ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                     LookupResult &Previous,
                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
                                     bool &AddToScope,
                                     ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = {});
 
private:
  // Perform a check on an AsmLabel to verify its consistency and emit
  // diagnostics in case of an error.
  void CheckAsmLabel(Scope *S, Expr *AsmLabelExpr, StorageClass SC,
                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, VarDecl *);
 
public:
  /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
  /// declaration.
  ///
  /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
  /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
  /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
  /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
  /// that have been instantiated from a template.
  ///
  /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
  ///
  /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
 
  NamedDecl *ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                     LookupResult &Previous,
                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
                                     bool &AddToScope);
 
  /// Attach the ABI tag a standard calling convention variant requires, as an
  /// implicit abi_tag attribute.  Call this once the function type is final.
  void addImplicitCallingConvAbiTag(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
  /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
 
  /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
  ///
  /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
  /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
  /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
  /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
  /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
  /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
  /// via InstantiateDecl).
  ///
  /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
  /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
  /// previous declaration).
  ///
  /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
  ///
  /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
                                LookupResult &Previous,
                                bool IsMemberSpecialization, bool DeclIsDefn);
 
  /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
  /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
  ///
  /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
  /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for
  ///                 the same declaration name.
  /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
  ///          belongs to.
  bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
 
  /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
  /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
  /// best-effort check.
  ///
  /// \param NewD The new declaration.
  /// \param OldD The old declaration.
  /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
  /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
  bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
                                      QualType NewT, QualType OldT);
  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
  void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
  /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
  /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
  /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
  ///
  /// \param FD Function being declared.
  /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declaration.
  /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
  ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
  Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
                                                   bool IsDefinition);
 
  /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both
  /// function parameters and non-type template parameters.
  void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
 
  /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
  /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                             SourceLocation ExplicitThisLoc = {});
 
  /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
  /// typedef.
  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
                                          QualType T);
  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
                              const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType T,
                              TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, StorageClass SC);
 
  /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or
  /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or
  /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is
  /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize.
  void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion.
  enum NonTrivialCUnionKind {
    NTCUK_Init = 0x1,
    NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2,
    NTCUK_Copy = 0x4,
  };
 
  /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains
  /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context.
  void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
                             NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
                             unsigned NonTrivialKind);
 
  /// Certain globally-unique variables might be accidentally duplicated if
  /// built into multiple shared libraries with hidden visibility. This can
  /// cause problems if the variable is mutable, its initialization is
  /// effectful, or its address is taken.
  bool GloballyUniqueObjectMightBeAccidentallyDuplicated(const VarDecl *Dcl);
  void DiagnoseUniqueObjectDuplication(const VarDecl *Dcl);
 
  /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
  /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
  /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit);
  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl);
 
  /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
  /// initializer for the given declaration, try to at least re-establish
  /// invariants such as whether a variable's type is either dependent or
  /// complete.
  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
 
  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D, bool InExpansionStmt);
  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
                                        IdentifierInfo *Ident,
                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
 
  /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
  /// dllexport/import function.
  void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD);
  void CheckThreadLocalForLargeAlignment(VarDecl *VD);
 
  /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
  /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
 
  /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
  /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
 
  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
  /// documentation comments.
  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
 
  enum class FnBodyKind {
    /// C++26 [dcl.fct.def.general]p1
    /// function-body:
    ///   ctor-initializer[opt] compound-statement
    ///   function-try-block
    Other,
    ///   = default ;
    Default,
    ///   deleted-function-body
    ///
    /// deleted-function-body:
    ///   = delete ;
    ///   = delete ( unevaluated-string ) ;
    Delete
  };
 
  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
      FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
                                SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr,
                                FnBodyKind BodyKind = FnBodyKind::Other);
  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
                                SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr,
                                FnBodyKind BodyKind = FnBodyKind::Other);
  void applyFunctionAttributesBeforeParsingBody(Decl *FD);
 
  /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
  /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
  /// code for that function.
  ///
  /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
  /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
  /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
  /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
  bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
 
  /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
  /// code for that function.
  ///
  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
 
  /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
  /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
  /// optimization.
  ///
  /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
  /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
  /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
  /// use the named return value optimization.
  ///
  /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every
  /// return statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate,
  /// that candidate is an NRVO variable.
  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
 
  /// Performs semantic analysis at the end of a function body.
  ///
  /// \param RetainFunctionScopeInfo If \c true, the client is responsible for
  /// releasing the associated \p FunctionScopeInfo. This is useful when
  /// building e.g. LambdaExprs.
  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body,
                                bool IsInstantiation = false,
                                bool RetainFunctionScopeInfo = false);
  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
  void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
 
  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
 
  /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
 
  /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
  /// specified threshold.
  void
  DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
                                         QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
 
  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, SourceLocation AsmLoc,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  TopLevelStmtDecl *ActOnStartTopLevelStmtDecl(Scope *S);
  void ActOnFinishTopLevelStmtDecl(TopLevelStmtDecl *D, Stmt *Statement);
 
  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
 
  /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
  /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
                                   const ParsedAttributesView &DeclAttrs,
                                   RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
 
  /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
  /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
  /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
                                   const ParsedAttributesView &DeclAttrs,
                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
                                   RecordDecl *&AnonRecord,
                                   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = {});
 
  /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
  /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
  /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
  /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, AccessSpecifier AS,
                                    RecordDecl *Record,
                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
 
  /// Called once it is known whether
  /// a tag declaration is an anonymous union or struct.
  void ActOnDefinedDeclarationSpecifier(Decl *D);
 
  /// Emit diagnostic warnings for placeholder members.
  /// We can only do that after the class is fully constructed,
  /// as anonymous union/structs can insert placeholders
  /// in their parent scope (which might be a Record).
  void DiagPlaceholderFieldDeclDefinitions(RecordDecl *Record);
 
  /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
  /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
  /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
  /// Example:
  ///
  /// struct A { int a; };
  /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
  ///
  /// void foo() {
  ///   B var;
  ///   var.a = 3;
  /// }
  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
                                       RecordDecl *Record);
 
  /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
  /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
  NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK);
 
  /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
  /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
  ///
  /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, TagTypeKind NewTag,
                                    bool isDefinition, SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name);
 
  /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
  /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
  /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is
  /// a reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
  ///
  /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
  /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
  ///
  /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
  /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
  DeclResult ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
                      OffsetOfKind OOK, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
 
  /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
  /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
 
  /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle, AccessSpecifier AS);
 
  /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
  ///
  /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
  /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
  /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
  /// created.
  ///
  /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
  ///
  /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, RecordDecl *Record,
                            SourceLocation Loc, bool Mutable,
                            Expr *BitfieldWidth, InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
                            SourceLocation TSSL, AccessSpecifier AS,
                            NamedDecl *PrevDecl, Declarator *D = nullptr);
 
  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
 
  /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
  /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
  /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
  /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
 
  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
  void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
                   SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
 
  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
  /// struct, or union).
  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
 
  /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules.
  /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out
  /// in case of a structural mismatch.
  bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *Prev, SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody);
 
  typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
 
  /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
  SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
 
  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
  /// member declarations.
  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
                                       bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
                                       bool IsAbstract,
                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
 
  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
                                SourceRange BraceRange);
 
  ASTContext::CXXRecordDeclRelocationInfo
  CheckCXX2CRelocatable(const clang::CXXRecordDecl *D);
 
  void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
 
  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
 
  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
                                      SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
                                      Expr *val);
 
  /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
 
  /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
  /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
                              const EnumDecl *Prev);
 
  /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
  /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
  SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
                                      SourceLocation IILoc);
 
  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val,
                          SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
                     Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
                     const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
 
  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
  void PopDeclContext();
 
  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
 
  /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a
  /// particular DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through
  /// enclosing contexts in the correct order.
  void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
 
  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope *S, Decl *D);
  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
 
  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
 
  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
  ///
  /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
  ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
  ///        directly within it.
  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
                     bool AllowInlineNamespace = false) const;
 
  /// Determine whether a tag-like declaration found by lookup can be
  /// redeclared in the given scope. If lookup found a using-shadow, also
  /// consider the scope of the declaration named by the using-shadow.
  bool isTagRedeclarationInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx,
                                 Scope *S = nullptr,
                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false) const;
 
  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
 
  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(const TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
 
  /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
  void mergeDeclAttributes(
      NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
      AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AvailabilityMergeKind::Redeclaration);
 
  /// CheckAttributesOnDeducedType - Calls Sema functions for attributes that
  /// requires the type to be deduced.
  void CheckAttributesOnDeducedType(Decl *D);
 
  /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
  /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
  /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
  /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
                            LookupResult &OldDecls);
 
  /// CleanupMergedEnum - We have just merged the decl 'New' by making another
  /// definition visible.
  /// This method performs any necessary cleanup on the parser state to discard
  /// child nodes from newly parsed decl we are retiring.
  void CleanupMergedEnum(Scope *S, Decl *New);
 
  /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
  /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
  /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
  /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
  ///
  /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
  /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
  /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
  /// merged with.
  ///
  /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
                         bool MergeTypeWithOld, bool NewDeclIsDefn);
 
  /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
  /// known to be compatible.
  ///
  /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
  /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
  /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
  /// redeclaration of Old.
  ///
  /// \returns false
  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
                                    Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
 
  /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
  /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
  /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
  ///
  /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
  /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
  /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
 
  /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
  /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their
  /// types, emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
  ///
  /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call
  /// back to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the
  /// initializer is attached.
  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
 
  /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
  /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
  bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
  void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New);
 
  /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
  /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
                            bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
 
  /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
  /// have compatible owning modules.
  bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
 
  /// [module.interface]p6:
  /// A redeclaration of an entity X is implicitly exported if X was introduced
  /// by an exported declaration; otherwise it shall not be exported.
  bool CheckRedeclarationExported(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
 
  /// A wrapper function for checking the semantic restrictions of
  /// a redeclaration within a module.
  bool CheckRedeclarationInModule(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old);
 
  /// Check the redefinition in C++20 Modules.
  ///
  /// [basic.def.odr]p14:
  /// For any definable item D with definitions in multiple translation units,
  /// - if D is a non-inline non-templated function or variable, or
  /// - if the definitions in different translation units do not satisfy the
  /// following requirements,
  ///   the program is ill-formed; a diagnostic is required only if the
  ///   definable item is attached to a named module and a prior definition is
  ///   reachable at the point where a later definition occurs.
  /// - Each such definition shall not be attached to a named module
  /// ([module.unit]).
  /// - Each such definition shall consist of the same sequence of tokens, ...
  /// ...
  ///
  /// Return true if the redefinition is not allowed. Return false otherwise.
  bool IsRedefinitionInModule(const NamedDecl *New, const NamedDecl *Old) const;
 
  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
 
  /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
  /// of it.
  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
 
  typedef llvm::function_ref<void(SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD)>
      DiagReceiverTy;
 
  void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
  void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D,
                                    DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver);
  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
 
  /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
  /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver);
 
  /// If VD is set but not otherwise used, diagnose, for a parameter or a
  /// variable.
  void DiagnoseUnusedButSetDecl(const VarDecl *VD, DiagReceiverTy DiagReceiver);
 
  /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
  /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
  /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
  /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
  /// ill-formed in C++:
  /// @code
  /// struct S6 {
  ///   enum { BAR } e;
  /// };
  ///
  /// void test_S6() {
  ///   struct S6 a;
  ///   a.e = BAR;
  /// }
  /// @endcode
  /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
  /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
  /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
  /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
  /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
  /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
  /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
  /// contain non-field names.
  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
 
  FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID,
                              SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
  /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
  /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
  /// built-in.
  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, Scope *S,
                                 bool ForRedeclaration, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
  /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
  const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
 
  /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
  /// given Declarator.
  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
 
  /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
 
  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
 
  /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
 
  void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VarDecl *decl);
  void deduceHLSLAddressSpace(VarDecl *decl);
 
  /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
  /// function-local external declaration.
  static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
 
  void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F);
 
  /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible.
  bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
      const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
      const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
      const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
      const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
      const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
      bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer);
 
  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(
      Expr *Init, unsigned DiagID = diag::err_init_element_not_constant);
 
  QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
                                        QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
                                        SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
                                        Expr *Init);
 
  bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
                                     Expr *Init);
 
  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
 
  // Heuristically tells if the function is `get_return_object` member of a
  // coroutine promise_type by matching the function name.
  static bool CanBeGetReturnObject(const FunctionDecl *FD);
  static bool CanBeGetReturnTypeOnAllocFailure(const FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
  /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
                                      Scope *S);
 
  /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
  /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
  /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
  ///
  /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
  /// attributes are applied to declarations.
  void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
      FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
  /// the declaration of this function.
  ///
  /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
  /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
  /// like NSLog or printf.
  ///
  /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
  /// attributes are applied to declarations.
  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
  /// Returns false on success.
  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
                            const IdentifierInfo *FieldName, QualType FieldTy,
                            bool IsMsStruct, Expr *BitWidth);
 
  /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
  /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
  /// value, to be used as a mask.
  bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
                         bool AllowMask) const;
 
  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo *WeakName, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo *WeakName,
                                  IdentifierInfo *AliasName,
                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
 
  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo *WeakName, IdentifierInfo *AliasName,
                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
 
  /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs.
  enum class FunctionEmissionStatus {
    Emitted,
    CUDADiscarded,     // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness
    OMPDiscarded,      // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness
    TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates
    Unknown,
  };
  FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
                                           bool Final = false);
 
  // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check.
  bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee);
 
  /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred
  /// diagnostics should be emitted.
  llvm::SmallSetVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags;
 
private:
  /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
  /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
  llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
 
  // We need this to handle
  //
  // typedef struct {
  //   void *foo() { return 0; }
  // } A;
  //
  // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
  // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
  // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
  // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external
  // linkage. Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external
  // linkage or not.
  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
 
#include "clang/Sema/AttrIsTypeDependent.inc"
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Declaration Attribute Handling
  /// Implementations are in SemaDeclAttr.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute.
  ///
  /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute.
  /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged.
  /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority
  /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An
  /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration
  /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the
  /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match
  /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain
  /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are
  /// used to calculate that final vaue.
  enum AvailabilityPriority : int {
    /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the
    /// declaration.
    AP_Explicit = 0,
 
    /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'.
    AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1,
 
    /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from
    /// an availability attribute for another platform.
    AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2,
 
    /// The availability attribute was inferred from an 'anyAppleOS'
    /// availability attribute.
    AP_InferredFromAnyAppleOS = 3,
 
    /// The availability attribute was inferred from an 'anyAppleOS'
    /// availability attribute that was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'.
    /// This has the lowest priority.
    AP_PragmaClangAttribute_InferredFromAnyAppleOS = 4
  };
 
  /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used
  /// for diagnostics.
  enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason {
    ForThisTarget = 0,
    VariadicFunction,
    ConstructorDestructor,
    BuiltinFunction
  };
 
  /// A helper function to provide Attribute Location for the Attr types
  /// AND the ParsedAttr.
  template <typename AttrInfo>
  static std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of_v<Attr, AttrInfo>, SourceLocation>
  getAttrLoc(const AttrInfo &AL) {
    return AL.getLocation();
  }
  SourceLocation getAttrLoc(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
 
  /// If Expr is a valid integer constant, get the value of the integer
  /// expression and return success or failure. May output an error.
  ///
  /// Negative argument is implicitly converted to unsigned, unless
  /// \p StrictlyUnsigned is true.
  template <typename AttrInfo>
  bool checkUInt32Argument(const AttrInfo &AI, const Expr *Expr, uint32_t &Val,
                           unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX,
                           bool StrictlyUnsigned = false) {
    std::optional<llvm::APSInt> I = llvm::APSInt(32);
    if (Expr->isTypeDependent() ||
        !(I = Expr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
      if (Idx != UINT_MAX)
        Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type)
            << &AI << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant
            << Expr->getSourceRange();
      else
        Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_type)
            << &AI << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << Expr->getSourceRange();
      return false;
    }
 
    if (!I->isIntN(32)) {
      Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large)
          << toString(*I, 10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
      return false;
    }
 
    if (StrictlyUnsigned && I->isSigned() && I->isNegative()) {
      Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_requires_positive_integer)
          << &AI << /*non-negative*/ 1;
      return false;
    }
 
    Val = (uint32_t)I->getZExtValue();
    return true;
  }
 
  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
  /// It would be best to refactor this.
  SmallVector<Decl *, 2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
 
  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
 
  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls,
                     2, 2>
      ExtVectorDeclsType;
 
  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
 
  /// Check if the argument \p E is a ASCII string literal. If not emit an error
  /// and return false, otherwise set \p Str to the value of the string literal
  /// and return true.
  bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                      const Expr *E, StringRef &Str,
                                      SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
 
  /// Check if the argument \p ArgNum of \p Attr is a ASCII string literal.
  /// If not emit an error and return false. If the argument is an identifier it
  /// will emit an error with a fixit hint and treat it as if it was a string
  /// literal.
  bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum,
                                      StringRef &Str,
                                      SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
 
  /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
  /// attributes. Dependent types are considered valid so they can be checked
  /// during instantiation time. By default, we look through references (the
  /// behavior used by nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we
  /// treat a reference type as valid.
  bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
 
  /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
  /// declaration.
  void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E,
                            Expr *OE);
 
  /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular
  /// declaration.
  void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                         Expr *ParamExpr);
 
  bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
  bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr);
 
  AvailabilityAttr *
  mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                        const IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit,
                        VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated,
                        VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable,
                        StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
                        AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority,
                        const IdentifierInfo *IIEnvironment,
                        const IdentifierInfo *InferredPlatformII = nullptr);
 
  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAndInferAvailabilityAttr(
      NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
      const IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit, VersionTuple Introduced,
      VersionTuple Deprecated, VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable,
      StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
      AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority,
      const IdentifierInfo *IIEnvironment,
      const IdentifierInfo *InferredPlatformII);
 
  TypeVisibilityAttr *
  mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                          TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis);
  void mergeVisibilityType(Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
                           VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Type);
  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                StringRef Name);
 
  /// Used to implement to perform semantic checking on
  /// attribute((section("foo"))) specifiers.
  ///
  /// In this case, "foo" is passed in to be checked.  If the section
  /// specifier is invalid, return an Error that indicates the problem.
  ///
  /// This is a simple quality of implementation feature to catch errors
  /// and give good diagnostics in cases when the assembler or code generator
  /// would otherwise reject the section specifier.
  llvm::Error isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef Str);
  bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
  CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                StringRef Name);
 
  // Check for things we'd like to warn about. Multiversioning issues are
  // handled later in the process, once we know how many exist.
  bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
 
  ErrorAttr *mergeErrorAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                            StringRef NewUserDiagnostic);
  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                              const IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
                              int FirstArg);
  FormatMatchesAttr *mergeFormatMatchesAttr(Decl *D,
                                            const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                            const IdentifierInfo *Format,
                                            int FormatIdx,
                                            StringLiteral *FormatStr);
  ModularFormatAttr *mergeModularFormatAttr(Decl *D,
                                            const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                            const IdentifierInfo *ModularImplFn,
                                            StringRef ImplName,
                                            MutableArrayRef<StringRef> Aspects);
 
  PersonalityAttr *mergePersonalityAttr(Decl *D, FunctionDecl *Routine,
                                        const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
 
  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
  void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E,
                      bool IsPackExpansion);
  void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T,
                      bool IsPackExpansion);
 
  /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
  /// declaration.
  void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E);
 
  /// CreateAnnotationAttr - Creates an annotation Annot with Args arguments.
  Attr *CreateAnnotationAttr(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, StringRef Annot,
                             MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
  Attr *CreateAnnotationAttr(const ParsedAttr &AL);
 
  bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range,
                                          bool BestCase,
                                          MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling);
 
  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
 
  /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
  void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                   const IdentifierInfo *Name, bool InInstantiation = false);
  AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D,
                                          const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                          const IdentifierInfo *Ident);
  MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
  OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D,
                                          const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
  InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL);
  InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D,
                                                const InternalLinkageAttr &AL);
 
  /// Check validaty of calling convention attribute \p attr. If \p FD
  /// is not null pointer, use \p FD to determine the CUDA/HIP host/device
  /// target. Otherwise, it is specified by \p CFT.
  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(
      const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC, const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr,
      CUDAFunctionTarget CFT = CUDAFunctionTarget::InvalidTarget);
 
  /// Checks a regparm attribute, returning true if it is ill-formed and
  /// otherwise setting numParams to the appropriate value.
  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value);
 
  /// Create a CUDALaunchBoundsAttr attribute. By default, the function only
  /// supports nvptx target architectures and skips MaxBlocks if it is previous
  /// to sm_90. Use \p IgnoreArch to skip the architecture check.
  CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *CreateLaunchBoundsAttr(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                               Expr *MaxThreads,
                                               Expr *MinBlocks, Expr *MaxBlocks,
                                               bool IgnoreArch = false);
 
  /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
  /// declaration.
  void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                           Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks, Expr *MaxBlocks);
 
  /// Add a cluster_dims attribute to a particular declaration.
  CUDAClusterDimsAttr *createClusterDimsAttr(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                             Expr *X, Expr *Y, Expr *Z);
  void addClusterDimsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *X,
                          Expr *Y, Expr *Z);
  /// Add a no_cluster attribute to a particular declaration.
  void addNoClusterAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
 
  enum class RetainOwnershipKind { NS, CF, OS };
 
  UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                          StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl);
 
  BTFDeclTagAttr *mergeBTFDeclTagAttr(Decl *D, const BTFDeclTagAttr &AL);
 
  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI);
  MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D,
                                            const AttributeCommonInfo &CI,
                                            bool BestCase,
                                            MSInheritanceModel Model);
 
  EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL);
  EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D,
                                              const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL);
 
  /// Helper for delayed processing TransparentUnion or
  /// BPFPreserveAccessIndexAttr attribute.
  void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D,
                                   const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
 
  // Options for ProcessDeclAttributeList().
  struct ProcessDeclAttributeOptions {
    ProcessDeclAttributeOptions()
        : IncludeCXX11Attributes(true), IgnoreTypeAttributes(false) {}
 
    ProcessDeclAttributeOptions WithIncludeCXX11Attributes(bool Val) {
      ProcessDeclAttributeOptions Result = *this;
      Result.IncludeCXX11Attributes = Val;
      return Result;
    }
 
    ProcessDeclAttributeOptions WithIgnoreTypeAttributes(bool Val) {
      ProcessDeclAttributeOptions Result = *this;
      Result.IgnoreTypeAttributes = Val;
      return Result;
    }
 
    // Should C++11 attributes be processed?
    bool IncludeCXX11Attributes;
 
    // Should any type attributes encountered be ignored?
    // If this option is false, a diagnostic will be emitted for any type
    // attributes of a kind that does not "slide" from the declaration to
    // the decl-specifier-seq.
    bool IgnoreTypeAttributes;
  };
 
  /// ProcessDeclAttributeList - Apply all the decl attributes in the specified
  /// attribute list to the specified decl, ignoring any type attributes.
  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D,
                                const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
                                const ProcessDeclAttributeOptions &Options =
                                    ProcessDeclAttributeOptions());
 
  /// Annotation attributes are the only attributes allowed after an access
  /// specifier.
  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
                                      const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
 
  /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Given a declarator which is not being
  /// used to build a declaration, complain about any decl attributes
  /// which might be lying around on it.
  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
 
  void DiagnoseUnknownAttribute(const ParsedAttr &AL);
 
  /// DeclClonePragmaWeak - clone existing decl (maybe definition),
  /// \#pragma weak needs a non-definition decl and source may not have one.
  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, const IdentifierInfo *II,
                                 SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// DeclApplyPragmaWeak - A declaration (maybe definition) needs \#pragma weak
  /// applied to it, possibly with an alias.
  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, const WeakInfo &W);
 
  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
 
  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
 
  /// Given a set of delayed diagnostics, re-emit them as if they had
  /// been delayed in the current context instead of in the given pool.
  /// Essentially, this just moves them to the current pool.
  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
 
  /// Check that the type is a plain record with one field being a pointer
  /// type and the other field being an integer. This matches the common
  /// implementation of std::span or sized_allocation_t in P0901R11.
  bool CheckSpanLikeType(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, const QualType &Ty);
 
  /// Check if IdxExpr is a valid parameter index for a function or
  /// instance method D.  May output an error.
  ///
  /// \returns true if IdxExpr is a valid index.
  template <typename AttrInfo>
  bool checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(
      const Decl *D, const AttrInfo &AI, unsigned AttrArgNum,
      const Expr *IdxExpr, ParamIdx &Idx, bool CanIndexImplicitThis = false,
      bool CanIndexVariadicArguments = false) {
    assert(isFunctionOrMethodOrBlockForAttrSubject(D));
 
    // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts.
    // Parameters are counted from one.
    bool HP = hasFunctionProto(D);
    bool HasImplicitThisParam = hasImplicitObjectParameter(D);
    bool IV = HP && isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D);
    unsigned NumParams =
        (HP ? getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) : 0) + HasImplicitThisParam;
 
    std::optional<llvm::APSInt> IdxInt;
    if (IdxExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
        !(IdxInt = IdxExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
      Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type)
          << &AI << AttrArgNum << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant
          << IdxExpr->getSourceRange();
      return false;
    }
 
    constexpr unsigned Limit = 1 << ParamIdx::IdxBitWidth;
    unsigned IdxSource = IdxInt->getLimitedValue(Limit);
    if (IdxSource < 1 || IdxSource == Limit ||
        ((!IV || !CanIndexVariadicArguments) && IdxSource > NumParams)) {
      Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds)
          << &AI << AttrArgNum << IdxExpr->getSourceRange();
      return false;
    }
    if (HasImplicitThisParam && !CanIndexImplicitThis) {
      if (IdxSource == 1) {
        Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_invalid_implicit_this_argument)
            << &AI << IdxExpr->getSourceRange();
        return false;
      }
    }
 
    Idx = ParamIdx(IdxSource, D);
    return true;
  }
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Declarations
  /// Implementations are in SemaDeclCXX.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
 
  /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function
  /// declaration.
  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D,
                                               unsigned TemplateParameterDepth);
 
  /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function
  /// declaration.
  void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D);
 
  // Act on C++ namespaces
  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
                               SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
                               SourceLocation LBrace,
                               const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
                               UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl, bool IsNested);
 
  /// ActOnFinishNamespaceDef - This callback is called after a namespace is
  /// exited. Decl is the DeclTy returned by ActOnStartNamespaceDef.
  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
 
  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
 
  /// Retrieve the special "std" namespace, which may require us to
  /// implicitly define the namespace.
  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
 
  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
  EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
 
  TypeAwareAllocationMode ShouldUseTypeAwareOperatorNewOrDelete() const;
  FunctionDecl *BuildTypeAwareUsualDelete(FunctionTemplateDecl *FnDecl,
                                          QualType AllocType, SourceLocation);
 
  ValueDecl *tryLookupUnambiguousFieldDecl(RecordDecl *ClassDecl,
                                           const IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase);
 
  enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage {
    /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator
    /// was selected.
    OperatorInExpression,
    /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This
    /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit
    /// fallback return value.
    DefaultedOperator,
    /// A builtin needed 'std::strong_ordering' (eg. '__builtin_type_order').
    Builtin,
  };
 
  /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard
  ///   library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=>
  ///   builtins for that type.
  ///
  /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the
  ///   specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs
  QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind,
                                       SourceLocation Loc,
                                       ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage);
 
  /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
 
  /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::type_identity and, if
  /// it is and TypeArgument is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
  /// If MalformedDecl is not null, and type_identity was ruled out due to being
  /// incorrectly structured despite having the correct name, the faulty Decl
  /// will be assigned to MalformedDecl.
  bool isStdTypeIdentity(QualType Ty, QualType *TypeArgument,
                         const Decl **MalformedDecl = nullptr);
 
  /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
  ///
  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Looks for the std::type_identity template and instantiates it
  /// with Type, or returns a null type if type_identity has not been declared
  ///
  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null if std::type_identity is not
  /// declared
  QualType tryBuildStdTypeIdentity(QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
  bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor);
 
  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
                            const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
 
  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
 
  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
                               SourceLocation AliasLoc, IdentifierInfo *Alias,
                               CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
 
  /// Remove decls we can't actually see from a lookup being used to declare
  /// shadow using decls.
  ///
  /// \param S - The scope of the potential shadow decl
  /// \param Previous - The lookup of a potential shadow decl's name.
  void FilterUsingLookup(Scope *S, LookupResult &lookup);
 
  /// Hides a using shadow declaration.  This is required by the current
  /// using-decl implementation when a resolvable using declaration in a
  /// class is followed by a declaration which would hide or override
  /// one or more of the using decl's targets; for example:
  ///
  ///   struct Base { void foo(int); };
  ///   struct Derived : Base {
  ///     using Base::foo;
  ///     void foo(int);
  ///   };
  ///
  /// The governing language is C++03 [namespace.udecl]p12:
  ///
  ///   When a using-declaration brings names from a base class into a
  ///   derived class scope, member functions in the derived class
  ///   override and/or hide member functions with the same name and
  ///   parameter types in a base class (rather than conflicting).
  ///
  /// There are two ways to implement this:
  ///   (1) optimistically create shadow decls when they're not hidden
  ///       by existing declarations, or
  ///   (2) don't create any shadow decls (or at least don't make them
  ///       visible) until we've fully parsed/instantiated the class.
  /// The problem with (1) is that we might have to retroactively remove
  /// a shadow decl, which requires several O(n) operations because the
  /// decl structures are (very reasonably) not designed for removal.
  /// (2) avoids this but is very fiddly and phase-dependent.
  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
 
  /// Determines whether to create a using shadow decl for a particular
  /// decl, given the set of decls existing prior to this using lookup.
  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(BaseUsingDecl *BUD, NamedDecl *Target,
                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
                            UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
 
  /// Builds a shadow declaration corresponding to a 'using' declaration.
  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, BaseUsingDecl *BUD,
                                        NamedDecl *Target,
                                        UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
 
  /// Checks that the given using declaration is not an invalid
  /// redeclaration.  Note that this is checking only for the using decl
  /// itself, not for any ill-formedness among the UsingShadowDecls.
  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
 
  /// Checks that the given nested-name qualifier used in a using decl
  /// in the current context is appropriately related to the current
  /// scope.  If an error is found, diagnoses it and returns true.
  /// R is nullptr, if the caller has not (yet) done a lookup, otherwise it's
  /// the result of that lookup. UD is likewise nullptr, except when we have an
  /// already-populated UsingDecl whose shadow decls contain the same
  /// information (i.e. we're instantiating a UsingDecl with non-dependent
  /// scope).
  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, bool HasTypename,
                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
                               const LookupResult *R = nullptr,
                               const UsingDecl *UD = nullptr);
 
  /// Builds a using declaration.
  ///
  /// \param IsInstantiation - Whether this call arises from an
  ///   instantiation of an unresolved using declaration.  We treat
  ///   the lookup differently for these declarations.
  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
                                   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                   const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
                                   bool IsInstantiation, bool IsUsingIfExists);
  NamedDecl *BuildUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
                                       SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                                       SourceLocation EnumLoc,
                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                       TypeSourceInfo *EnumType, EnumDecl *ED);
  NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
                                ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions);
 
  /// Additional checks for a using declaration referring to a constructor name.
  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
 
  /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
  /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
  /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
  CXXConstructorDecl *
  findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
                            ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
 
  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                              UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                              const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
  Decl *ActOnUsingEnumDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
                                  SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                                  SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange TyLoc,
                                  const IdentifierInfo &II, ParsedType Ty,
                                  const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS,
                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
                              SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name,
                              const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
                              TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
 
  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
  ///
  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
  ExprResult BuildCXXConstructExpr(
      SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
      bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
      bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
      CXXConstructionKind ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
 
  /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
  /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
  ExprResult BuildCXXConstructExpr(
      SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, MultiExprArg Exprs,
      bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
      bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
      CXXConstructionKind ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
 
  // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
  // the constructor can be elidable?
  ExprResult BuildCXXConstructExpr(
      SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, MultiExprArg Exprs,
      bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
      bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
      CXXConstructionKind ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
 
  ExprResult ConvertMemberDefaultInitExpression(FieldDecl *FD, Expr *InitExpr,
                                                SourceLocation InitLoc);
 
  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
  /// constructed variable.
  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, CXXRecordDecl *DeclInit);
 
  /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for
  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
    // Pointer to allow copying
    Sema *Self;
    // We order exception specifications thus:
    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
    // throw() comes next.
    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
 
    void ClearExceptions() {
      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
      Exceptions.clear();
    }
 
  public:
    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
        : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
    }
 
    /// Get the computed exception specification type.
    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
      assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&
             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
      return ComputedEST;
    }
 
    /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
 
    /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
 
    /// Integrate another called method into the collected data.
    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
 
    /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
    void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); }
 
    /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data.
    void CalledStmt(Stmt *S);
 
    /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
    /// computed exception specification.
    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
      FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
      ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
      if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
        ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
      } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
        ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse;
        ESI.NoexceptExpr =
            Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), tok::kw_false).get();
      }
      return ESI;
    }
  };
 
  /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
  /// special member function.
  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Check the given exception-specification and update the
  /// exception specification information with the results.
  void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
                                   ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
                                   FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
 
  /// Add an exception-specification to the given member or friend function
  /// (or function template). The exception-specification was parsed
  /// after the function itself was declared.
  void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(
      Decl *D, ExceptionSpecificationType EST, SourceRange SpecificationRange,
      ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
      ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, Expr *NoexceptExpr);
 
  class InheritedConstructorInfo;
 
  /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
  /// definition when it is defaulted.
  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMemberKind CSM,
                                 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
                                 bool Diagnose = false);
 
  /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted.
  void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
  ///
  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
  /// default constructor will be added.
  ///
  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
  CXXConstructorDecl *
  DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
 
  /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
  ///
  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
  /// destructor will be added.
  ///
  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
 
  /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
  ///
  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
 
  /// Define the specified inheriting constructor.
  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
 
  /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
  ///
  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
  /// copy constructor will be added.
  ///
  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
 
  /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
  ///
  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
  /// move constructor will be added.
  ///
  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
  /// declared.
  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
 
  /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
  ///
  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
  ///
  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
 
  /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
  ///
  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
  /// move assignment operator will be added.
  ///
  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
  /// wasn't declared.
  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
 
  /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
  void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
  /// special member function.
  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
 
  /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
  /// member function.
  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
 
  /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
  /// static member function.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
 
  bool CheckImmediateEscalatingFunctionDefinition(
      FunctionDecl *FD, const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *FSI);
 
  void DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Given a constructor and the set of arguments provided for the
  /// constructor, convert the arguments and add any required default arguments
  /// to form a proper call to this constructor.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
                               QualType DeclInitType, MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
                               SourceLocation Loc,
                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs,
                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
 
  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
  /// class X.
  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
 
  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
 
  /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
  /// function pointer.
  ///
  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
  /// block pointer conversion.
  void
  DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
                                                  CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
 
  /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
  /// block pointer.
  ///
  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
  /// block pointer conversion.
  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
 
  /// ActOnStartLinkageSpecification - Parsed the beginning of a C++
  /// linkage specification, including the language and (if present)
  /// the '{'. ExternLoc is the location of the 'extern', Lang is the
  /// language string literal. LBraceLoc, if valid, provides the location of
  /// the '{' brace. Otherwise, this linkage specification does not
  /// have any braces.
  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
                                       Expr *LangStr, SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
 
  /// ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification - Complete the definition of
  /// the C++ linkage specification LinkageSpec. If RBraceLoc is
  /// valid, it's the position of the closing '}' brace in a linkage
  /// specification that uses braces.
  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, Decl *LinkageSpec,
                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
 
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
  // C++ Classes
  //
 
  /// Get the class that is directly named by the current context. This is the
  /// class for which an unqualified-id in this scope could name a constructor
  /// or destructor.
  ///
  /// If the scope specifier denotes a class, this will be that class.
  /// If the scope specifier is empty, this will be the class whose
  /// member-specification we are currently within. Otherwise, there
  /// is no such class.
  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
 
  /// isCurrentClassName - Determine whether the identifier II is the
  /// name of the class type currently being defined. In the case of
  /// nested classes, this will only return true if II is the name of
  /// the innermost class.
  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
 
  /// Determine whether the identifier II is a typo for the name of
  /// the class type currently being defined. If so, update it to the identifier
  /// that should have been used.
  bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
 
  /// ActOnAccessSpecifier - Parsed an access specifier followed by a colon.
  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc,
                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
                            const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
 
  /// ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator - This is invoked when a C++ class member
  /// declarator is parsed. 'AS' is the access specifier, 'BW' specifies the
  /// bitfield width if there is one, 'InitExpr' specifies the initializer if
  /// one has been parsed, and 'InitStyle' is set if an in-class initializer is
  /// present (but parsing it has been deferred).
  NamedDecl *
  ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
                           MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
                           Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
                           InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
 
  /// Enter a new C++ default initializer scope. After calling this, the
  /// caller must call \ref ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer, even if
  /// parsing or instantiating the initializer failed.
  void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
 
  /// This is invoked after parsing an in-class initializer for a
  /// non-static C++ class member, and after instantiating an in-class
  /// initializer in a class template. Such actions are deferred until the class
  /// is complete.
  void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
                                              SourceLocation EqualLoc,
                                              ExprResult Init);
 
  /// Handle a C++ member initializer using parentheses syntax.
  MemInitResult
  ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                      IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
                      const DeclSpec &DS, SourceLocation IdLoc,
                      SourceLocation LParenLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                      SourceLocation RParenLoc, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Handle a C++ member initializer using braced-init-list syntax.
  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, Scope *S,
                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
                                    const DeclSpec &DS, SourceLocation IdLoc,
                                    Expr *InitList, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Handle a C++ member initializer.
  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, Scope *S,
                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
                                    const DeclSpec &DS, SourceLocation IdLoc,
                                    Expr *Init, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, Expr *Init,
                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
 
  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, Expr *Init,
                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *Init,
                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
 
  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = {});
 
  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
  /// referenced.
  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
 
  /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium
  /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract
  /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's
  /// destructor is referenced.
  void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced(
      SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
      llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const CXXRecordDecl *> *DirectVirtualBases =
          nullptr);
 
  /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted
  /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium
  /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they
  /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset
  /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor.
  void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor);
 
  /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
  /// first use occurred.
  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl *, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
 
  /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
  /// materialized.
  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
 
  /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
  /// by code generation).
  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
 
  /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
 
  /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
  /// given location.
  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
 
  /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
  /// in the given class as needed.
  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
 
  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                    bool ConstexprOnly = false);
 
  /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
  /// vtables.
  ///
  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
  bool DefineUsedVTables();
 
  /// AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass - Adds any implicitly-declared
  /// special functions, such as the default constructor, copy
  /// constructor, or destructor, to the given C++ class (C++
  /// [special]p1).  This routine can only be executed just before the
  /// definition of the class is complete.
  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
 
  /// ActOnMemInitializers - Handle the member initializers for a constructor.
  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> MemInits,
                            bool AnyErrors);
 
  /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
  /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
  /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
  void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
  void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
 
  /// Perform propagation of DLL attributes from a derived class to a
  /// templated base class for MS compatibility.
  void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
      CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
      ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
      SourceLocation BaseLoc);
 
  /// Perform semantic checks on a class definition that has been
  /// completing, introducing implicitly-declared members, checking for
  /// abstract types, etc.
  ///
  /// \param S The scope in which the class was parsed. Null if we didn't just
  ///        parse a class definition.
  /// \param Record The completed class.
  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record);
 
  /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the
  /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect.
  void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD);
 
  /// Check that VTable Pointer authentication is only being set on the first
  /// first instantiation of the vtable
  void checkIncorrectVTablePointerAuthenticationAttribute(CXXRecordDecl &RD);
 
  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc,
                                         Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac,
                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
                                         const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList);
 
  /// Perform any semantic analysis which needs to be delayed until all
  /// pending class member declarations have been parsed.
  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
  void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass();
 
  /// This is used to implement the constant expression evaluation part of the
  /// attribute enable_if extension. There is nothing in standard C++ which
  /// would require reentering parameters.
  void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
  unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template,
                                     llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope);
  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
 
  /// ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration - We have completed
  /// parsing a top-level (non-nested) C++ class, and we are now
  /// parsing those parts of the given Method declaration that could
  /// not be parsed earlier (C++ [class.mem]p2), such as default
  /// arguments. This action should enter the scope of the given
  /// Method declaration as if we had just parsed the qualified method
  /// name. However, it should not bring the parameters into scope;
  /// that will be performed by ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter.
  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
 
  /// ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration - We have finished
  /// processing the delayed method declaration for Method. The method
  /// declaration is now considered finished. There may be a separate
  /// ActOnStartOfFunctionDef action later (not necessarily
  /// immediately!) for this method, if it was also defined inside the
  /// class body.
  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
 
  enum class StringEvaluationContext { StaticAssert = 0, Asm = 1 };
 
  bool EvaluateAsString(Expr *Message, APValue &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
                        StringEvaluationContext EvalContext,
                        bool ErrorOnInvalidMessage);
  bool EvaluateAsString(Expr *Message, std::string &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
                        StringEvaluationContext EvalContext,
                        bool ErrorOnInvalidMessage);
 
  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
                                     Expr *AssertExpr, Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
                                     Expr *AssertExpr, Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed);
 
  /// Try to print more useful information about a failed static_assert
  /// with expression \E
  void DiagnoseStaticAssertDetails(const Expr *E);
 
  /// If E represents a built-in type trait, or a known standard type trait,
  /// try to print more information about why the type type-trait failed.
  /// This assumes we already evaluated the expression to a false boolean value.
  void DiagnoseTypeTraitDetails(const Expr *E);
 
  /// Handle a friend type declaration.  This works in tandem with
  /// ActOnTag.
  ///
  /// Notes on friend class templates:
  ///
  /// We generally treat friend class declarations as if they were
  /// declaring a class.  So, for example, the elaborated type specifier
  /// in a friend declaration is required to obey the restrictions of a
  /// class-head (i.e. no typedefs in the scope chain), template
  /// parameters are required to match up with simple template-ids, &c.
  /// However, unlike when declaring a template specialization, it's
  /// okay to refer to a template specialization without an empty
  /// template parameter declaration, e.g.
  ///   friend class A<T>::B<unsigned>;
  /// We permit this as a special case; if there are any template
  /// parameters present at all, require proper matching, i.e.
  ///   template <> template <class T> friend class A<int>::B;
  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
 
  /// CheckConstructorDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check
  /// the well-formedness of the constructor declarator @p D with type @p
  /// R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine will
  /// emit diagnostics and set the invalid bit to true.  In any case, the type
  /// will be updated to reflect a well-formed type for the constructor and
  /// returned.
  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
                                      StorageClass &SC);
 
  /// CheckConstructor - Checks a fully-formed constructor for
  /// well-formedness, issuing any diagnostics required. Returns true if
  /// the constructor declarator is invalid.
  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
 
  /// CheckDestructorDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check
  /// the well-formednes of the destructor declarator @p D with type @p
  /// R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine will
  /// emit diagnostics and set the declarator to invalid.  Even if this happens,
  /// will be updated to reflect a well-formed type for the destructor and
  /// returned.
  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
                                     StorageClass &SC);
 
  /// CheckDestructor - Checks a fully-formed destructor definition for
  /// well-formedness, issuing any diagnostics required.  Returns true
  /// on error.
  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
 
  /// CheckConversionDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to check the
  /// well-formednes of the conversion function declarator @p D with
  /// type @p R. If there are any errors in the declarator, this routine
  /// will emit diagnostics and return true. Otherwise, it will return
  /// false. Either way, the type @p R will be updated to reflect a
  /// well-formed type for the conversion operator.
  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, StorageClass &SC);
 
  /// ActOnConversionDeclarator - Called by ActOnDeclarator to complete
  /// the declaration of the given C++ conversion function. This routine
  /// is responsible for recording the conversion function in the C++
  /// class, if possible.
  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
 
  /// Check the validity of a declarator that we parsed for a deduction-guide.
  /// These aren't actually declarators in the grammar, so we need to check that
  /// the user didn't specify any pieces that are not part of the
  /// deduction-guide grammar. Return true on invalid deduction-guide.
  bool CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
                                     StorageClass &SC);
 
  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD);
 
  bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
                                             CXXSpecialMemberKind CSM,
                                             SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
  void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
 
  bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD,
                                          DefaultedComparisonKind DCK);
  void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                         FunctionDecl *Spaceship);
  void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD,
                                 DefaultedComparisonKind DCK);
 
  void CheckExplicitObjectMemberFunction(Declarator &D, DeclarationName Name,
                                         QualType R, bool IsLambda,
                                         DeclContext *DC = nullptr);
  void CheckExplicitObjectMemberFunction(DeclContext *DC, Declarator &D,
                                         DeclarationName Name, QualType R);
  void CheckExplicitObjectLambda(Declarator &D);
 
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
  // C++ Derived Classes
  //
 
  /// Check the validity of a C++ base class specifier.
  ///
  /// \returns a new CXXBaseSpecifier if well-formed, emits diagnostics
  /// and returns NULL otherwise.
  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange, bool Virtual,
                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier. A base specifier is
  /// one entry in the base class list of a class specifier, for
  /// example:
  ///    class foo : public bar, virtual private baz {
  /// 'public bar' and 'virtual private baz' are each base-specifiers.
  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, SourceRange SpecifierRange,
                                const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, bool Virtual,
                                AccessSpecifier Access, ParsedType basetype,
                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Performs the actual work of attaching the given base class
  /// specifiers to a C++ class.
  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
                            MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
 
  /// ActOnBaseSpecifiers - Attach the given base specifiers to the
  /// class, after checking whether there are any duplicate base
  /// classes.
  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
                           MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
 
  /// Determine whether the type \p Derived is a C++ class that is
  /// derived from the type \p Base.
  bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
                     CXXRecordDecl *Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
  bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
                     CXXRecordDecl *Base);
  bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
  bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
                     CXXBasePaths &Paths);
 
  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
 
  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
 
  /// CheckDerivedToBaseConversion - Check whether the Derived-to-Base
  /// conversion (where Derived and Base are class types) is
  /// well-formed, meaning that the conversion is unambiguous (and
  /// that all of the base classes are accessible). Returns true
  /// and emits a diagnostic if the code is ill-formed, returns false
  /// otherwise. Loc is the location where this routine should point to
  /// if there is an error, and Range is the source range to highlight
  /// if there is an error.
  ///
  /// If either InaccessibleBaseID or AmbiguousBaseConvID are 0, then the
  /// diagnostic for the respective type of error will be suppressed, but the
  /// check for ill-formed code will still be performed.
  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
                                    unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID,
                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
                                    DeclarationName Name, CXXCastPath *BasePath,
                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
 
  /// Builds a string representing ambiguous paths from a
  /// specific derived class to different subobjects of the same base
  /// class.
  ///
  /// This function builds a string that can be used in error messages
  /// to show the different paths that one can take through the
  /// inheritance hierarchy to go from the derived class to different
  /// subobjects of a base class. The result looks something like this:
  /// @code
  /// struct D -> struct B -> struct A
  /// struct D -> struct C -> struct A
  /// @endcode
  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
 
  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *New,
                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
 
  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
 
  // Check that the overriding method has no explicit object parameter.
  bool CheckExplicitObjectOverride(CXXMethodDecl *New,
                                   const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
 
  /// Mark the given method pure.
  ///
  /// \param Method the method to be marked pure.
  ///
  /// \param InitRange the source range that covers the "0" initializer.
  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
 
  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
  void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
 
  /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
  /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
  void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent);
 
  /// CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member
  /// function overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
 
  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
    AbstractNone = -1,
    AbstractReturnType,
    AbstractParamType,
    AbstractVariableType,
    AbstractFieldType,
    AbstractIvarType,
    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
    AbstractArrayType
  };
 
  struct TypeDiagnoser;
 
  bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
  template <typename... Ts>
  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
                              const Ts &...Args) {
    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
  }
 
  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
 
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
  //
 
  /// CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration - Check whether the declaration
  /// of this overloaded operator is well-formed. If so, returns false;
  /// otherwise, emits appropriate diagnostics and returns true.
  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
 
  /// CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration - Check whether the declaration
  /// of this literal operator function is well-formed. If so, returns
  /// false; otherwise, emits appropriate diagnostics and returns true.
  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
 
  /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression
  /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier.
  ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E);
 
  /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier.
  /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved.
  bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec);
 
  /// ActOnCXXConditionDeclarationExpr - Parsed a condition declaration of a
  /// C++ if/switch/while/for statement.
  /// e.g: "if (int x = f()) {...}"
  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
 
  // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
  // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
  SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
  SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl *, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions;
 
  /// Merge the exception specifications of two variable declarations.
  ///
  /// This is called when there's a redeclaration of a VarDecl. The function
  /// checks if the redeclaration might have an exception specification and
  /// validates compatibility and merges the specs if necessary.
  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
 
  /// MergeCXXFunctionDecl - Merge two declarations of the same C++
  /// function, once we already know that they have the same
  /// type. Subroutine of MergeFunctionDecl. Returns true if there was an
  /// error, false otherwise.
  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
 
  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments - Check for any extra default
  /// arguments in the declarator, which is not a function declaration
  /// or definition and therefore is not permitted to have default
  /// arguments. This routine should be invoked for every declarator
  /// that is not a function declaration or definition.
  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
 
  /// Perform semantic analysis for the variable declaration that
  /// occurs within a C++ catch clause, returning the newly-created
  /// variable.
  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
                                     const IdentifierInfo *Id);
 
  /// ActOnExceptionDeclarator - Parsed the exception-declarator in a C++ catch
  /// handler.
  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
 
  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
 
  /// Handle a friend tag declaration where the scope specifier was
  /// templated.
  DeclResult ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
                                     unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                     const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists,
                                     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
 
  bool CheckDependentFriend(SourceLocation Loc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc,
                            ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLs,
                            bool IsInstantiation);
 
  bool DiagnosePackIndexingInFriendNNS(SourceLocation Loc,
                                       NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc);
 
  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
                                   SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D,
                                   Expr *BitfieldWidth,
                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
                                   const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr);
 
  /// Diagnose why the specified class does not have a trivial special member of
  /// the given kind.
  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record,
                          CXXSpecialMemberKind CSM);
 
  /// Determine whether a defaulted or deleted special member function is
  /// trivial, as specified in C++11 [class.ctor]p5, C++11 [class.copy]p12,
  /// C++11 [class.copy]p25, and C++11 [class.dtor]p5.
  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(
      CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMemberKind CSM,
      TrivialABIHandling TAH = TrivialABIHandling::IgnoreTrivialABI,
      bool Diagnose = false);
 
  /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList,
                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
 
  enum class CheckConstexprKind {
    /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions.
    Diagnose,
    /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr
    /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions).
    CheckValid
  };
 
  // Check whether a function declaration satisfies the requirements of a
  // constexpr function definition or a constexpr constructor definition. If so,
  // return true. If not, produce appropriate diagnostics (unless asked not to
  // by Kind) and return false.
  //
  // This implements C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3,4, as amended by DR1360.
  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD,
                                        CheckConstexprKind Kind);
 
  /// Diagnose methods which overload virtual methods in a base class
  /// without overriding any.
  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
 
  /// Check if a method overloads virtual methods in a base class without
  /// overriding any.
  void
  FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl *> &OverloadedMethods);
  void
  NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl *> &OverloadedMethods);
 
  /// ActOnParamDefaultArgument - Check whether the default argument
  /// provided for a function parameter is well-formed. If so, attach it
  /// to the parameter declaration.
  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
                                 Expr *defarg);
 
  /// ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument - We've seen a default
  /// argument for a function parameter, but we can't parse it yet
  /// because we're inside a class definition. Note that this default
  /// argument will be parsed later.
  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
 
  /// ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError - Parsing or semantic analysis of
  /// the default argument for the parameter param failed.
  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
  ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc);
  void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
 
  void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc,
                      StringLiteral *Message = nullptr);
  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
 
  void SetFunctionBodyKind(Decl *D, SourceLocation Loc, FnBodyKind BodyKind,
                           StringLiteral *DeletedMessage = nullptr);
  void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
  ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr);
  ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr);
 
  NamedDecl *
  ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
  void DiagPlaceholderVariableDefinition(SourceLocation Loc);
  bool DiagRedefinedPlaceholderFieldDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
                                         RecordDecl *ClassDecl,
                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name);
 
  UnsignedOrNone GetDecompositionElementCount(QualType DecompType,
                                              SourceLocation Loc);
  void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
 
  /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered
  /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a
  /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function
  /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in
  /// the FunctionScopes stack.
  SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos;
 
  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
  std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
 
  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
  /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
 
  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl *, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
 
  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
  /// same list more than once.
  std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
 
  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *,
                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
      DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
 
  /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
 
  /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
 
  /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
  /// <initializer_list>.
  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
 
  /// The C++ "std::type_identity" template, which is defined in
  /// <type_traits>.
  ClassTemplateDecl *StdTypeIdentity;
 
  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
  // argument locations.
  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
 
  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
  /// definition in this translation unit.
  llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
 
  typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMemberKind>
      SpecialMemberDecl;
 
  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
 
  void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
 
  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
 
  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
    ParsingClassDepth++;
    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
  }
  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
    ParsingClassDepth--;
    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
  }
 
  ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                         ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
                                         IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase);
 
private:
  void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem,
                                      QualType ResultTy,
                                      ArrayRef<QualType> Args);
  // Helper for ActOnFields to check for all function pointer members.
  bool EntirelyFunctionPointers(const RecordDecl *Record);
 
  // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category
  // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value
  // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator.
  llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories;
 
  /// Check if there is a field shadowing.
  void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc,
                                  DeclarationName FieldName,
                                  const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                  bool DeclIsField = true);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Exception Specifications
  /// Implementations are in SemaExceptionSpec.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
  /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
  /// function.
  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl *, const CXXMethodDecl *>, 2>
      DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
 
  /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had
  /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they
  /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl
  /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to
  /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete.
  SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, FunctionDecl *>, 2>
      DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
 
  /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
  /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
  bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
 
  /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute
  /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType.
  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(Expr *NoexceptExpr,
                               ExceptionSpecificationType &EST);
 
  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E);
  /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw.
  /// E, D and Loc are all optional.
  static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D,
                                       SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
  void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
                           const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
 
  /// CheckSpecifiedExceptionType - Check if the given type is valid in an
  /// exception specification. Incomplete types, or pointers to incomplete types
  /// other than void are not allowed.
  ///
  /// \param[in,out] T  The exception type. This will be decayed to a pointer
  /// type
  ///                   when the input is an array or a function type.
  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
 
  /// CheckDistantExceptionSpec - Check if the given type is a pointer or
  /// pointer to member to a function with an exception specification. This
  /// means that it is invalid to add another level of indirection.
  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
 
  /// CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec - Check if the two types have equivalent
  /// exception specifications. Exception specifications are equivalent if
  /// they allow exactly the same set of exception types. It does not matter how
  /// that is achieved. See C++ [except.spec]p2.
  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(const FunctionProtoType *Old,
                                    SourceLocation OldLoc,
                                    const FunctionProtoType *New,
                                    SourceLocation NewLoc);
  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
                                    const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
                                    const FunctionProtoType *Old,
                                    SourceLocation OldLoc,
                                    const FunctionProtoType *New,
                                    SourceLocation NewLoc);
  bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType);
 
  /// CheckExceptionSpecSubset - Check whether the second function type's
  /// exception specification is a subset (or equivalent) of the first function
  /// type. This is used by override and pointer assignment checks.
  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID,
      const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID,
      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, bool SkipSupersetFirstParameter,
      SourceLocation SuperLoc, const FunctionProtoType *Subset,
      bool SkipSubsetFirstParameter, SourceLocation SubLoc);
 
  /// CheckParamExceptionSpec - Check if the parameter and return types of the
  /// two functions have equivalent exception specs. This is part of the
  /// assignment and override compatibility check. We do not check the
  /// parameters of parameter function pointers recursively, as no sane
  /// programmer would even be able to write such a function type.
  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(
      const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID,
      const FunctionProtoType *Target, bool SkipTargetFirstParameter,
      SourceLocation TargetLoc, const FunctionProtoType *Source,
      bool SkipSourceFirstParameter, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
 
  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
 
  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Expressions
  /// Implementations are in SemaExpr.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
  enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext {
    /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
    /// run time.
    Unevaluated,
 
    /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within
    /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated
    /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are
    /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly.
    UnevaluatedList,
 
    /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
    /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
    /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
    DiscardedStatement,
 
    /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
    UnevaluatedAbstract,
 
    /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
    /// cases in a switch statement).
    ConstantEvaluated,
 
    /// In addition of being constant evaluated, the current expression
    /// occurs in an immediate function context - either a consteval function
    /// or a consteval if statement.
    ImmediateFunctionContext,
 
    /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
    /// expression at run time.
    PotentiallyEvaluated,
 
    /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
    /// in fact the current expression is used.
    ///
    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
    /// until the default argument is used.
    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
  };
 
  /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference
  /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and
  /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions
  /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression.
  /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression.
  using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SmallSetVector<Expr *, 4>;
  MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs;
 
  using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>;
 
  /// Data structure used to record current or nested
  /// expression evaluation contexts.
  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
    /// The expression evaluation context.
    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
 
    /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
    CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
 
    /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
    /// this expression evaluation context.
    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
 
    MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
 
    /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
 
    /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
 
    /// Declaration for initializer if one is currently being
    /// parsed. Used when an expression has a possibly unreachable
    /// diagnostic to reference the declaration as a whole.
    VarDecl *DeclForInitializer = nullptr;
 
    /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
 
    /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
 
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs;
 
    /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this
    /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if
    /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands.
    SmallVector<Expr *, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs;
 
    /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation.
    llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>
        ImmediateInvocationCandidates;
 
    /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a
    /// context not already known to be immediately invoked.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval;
 
    /// P2718R0 - Lifetime extension in range-based for loops.
    /// MaterializeTemporaryExprs in for-range-init expressions which need to
    /// extend lifetime. Add MaterializeTemporaryExpr* if the value of
    /// InLifetimeExtendingContext is true.
    SmallVector<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, 8> ForRangeLifetimeExtendTemps;
 
    /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
    /// due to the packed attribute.
    SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
 
    /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have
    /// to handle differently.
    enum ExpressionKind {
      EK_Decltype,
      EK_TemplateArgument,
      EK_AttrArgument,
      EK_VariableInit,
      EK_Other
    } ExprContext;
 
    // A context can be nested in both a discarded statement context and
    // an immediate function context, so they need to be tracked independently.
    bool InDiscardedStatement;
    bool InImmediateFunctionContext;
    bool InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext;
 
    bool IsCurrentlyCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer = false;
 
    // We are in a constant context, but we also allow
    // non constant expressions, for example for array bounds (which may be
    // VLAs).
    bool InConditionallyConstantEvaluateContext = false;
 
    /// Whether we are currently in a context in which all temporaries must be
    /// lifetime-extended, even if they're not bound to a reference (for
    /// example, in a for-range initializer).
    bool InLifetimeExtendingContext = false;
 
    /// Whether evaluating an expression for a switch case label.
    bool IsCaseExpr = false;
 
    /// Whether we should rebuild CXXDefaultArgExpr and CXXDefaultInitExpr.
    bool RebuildDefaultArgOrDefaultInit = false;
 
    // When evaluating immediate functions in the initializer of a default
    // argument or default member initializer, this is the declaration whose
    // default initializer is being evaluated and the location of the call
    // or constructor definition.
    struct InitializationContext {
      InitializationContext(SourceLocation Loc, ValueDecl *Decl,
                            DeclContext *Context)
          : Loc(Loc), Decl(Decl), Context(Context) {
        assert(Decl && Context && "invalid initialization context");
      }
 
      SourceLocation Loc;
      ValueDecl *Decl = nullptr;
      DeclContext *Context = nullptr;
    };
    std::optional<InitializationContext> DelayedDefaultInitializationContext;
 
    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
                                      CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
                                      ExpressionKind ExprContext)
        : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
          NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
          ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext),
          InDiscardedStatement(false), InImmediateFunctionContext(false),
          InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext(false) {}
 
    bool isUnevaluated() const {
      return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated ||
             Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract ||
             Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList;
    }
 
    bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const {
      return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated ||
             Context ==
                 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed ||
             Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated;
    }
 
    bool isConstantEvaluated() const {
      return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated ||
             Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext;
    }
 
    bool isImmediateFunctionContext() const {
      return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext ||
             (Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement &&
              InImmediateFunctionContext) ||
             // C++23 [expr.const]p14:
             // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function
             // context if it is potentially evaluated and either:
             //   * its innermost enclosing non-block scope is a function
             //     parameter scope of an immediate function, or
             //   * its enclosing statement is enclosed by the compound-
             //     statement of a consteval if statement.
             (Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated &&
              InImmediateFunctionContext);
    }
 
    bool isDiscardedStatementContext() const {
      return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement ||
             ((Context ==
                   ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext ||
               isPotentiallyEvaluated()) &&
              InDiscardedStatement);
    }
  };
 
  const ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &currentEvaluationContext() const {
    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
    return ExprEvalContexts.back();
  }
 
  ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &currentEvaluationContext() {
    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
    return ExprEvalContexts.back();
  }
 
  ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &parentEvaluationContext() {
    assert(ExprEvalContexts.size() >= 2 &&
           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
    return ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2];
  }
 
  const ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &parentEvaluationContext() const {
    return const_cast<Sema *>(this)->parentEvaluationContext();
  }
 
  bool isAttrContext() const {
    return ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
           ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind::EK_AttrArgument;
  }
 
  /// Increment when we find a reference; decrement when we find an ignored
  /// assignment.  Ultimately the value is 0 if every reference is an ignored
  /// assignment.
  ///
  /// Uses canonical VarDecl as key so in-class decls and out-of-class defs of
  /// static data members get tracked as a single entry.
  llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> RefsMinusAssignments;
 
  /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
  CleanupInfo Cleanup;
 
  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.
  SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
 
  /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
  /// emitting diagnostics.
  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
  // A version of DiagnoseUseOfDecl that should be used if overload resolution
  // has been used to find this declaration, which means we don't have to bother
  // checking the trailing requires clause.
  bool DiagnoseUseOfOverloadedDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
    return DiagnoseUseOfDecl(
        D, Loc, /*UnknownObjCClass=*/nullptr, /*ObjCPropertyAccess=*/false,
        /*AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks=*/false, /*ClassReceiver=*/nullptr,
        /*SkipTrailingRequiresClause=*/true);
  }
 
  /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
  /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
  ///
  /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
  /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
  /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
  /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
  /// function is being used.
  ///
  /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
  /// referenced), false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr,
                         bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false,
                         bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false,
                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr,
                         bool SkipTrailingRequiresClause = false);
 
  /// Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
  /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
  /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
  /// satisfied.
  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
 
  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
      ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
          ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
 
  void PushExpressionEvaluationContextForFunction(
      ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
      ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type =
          ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other);
  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
 
  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
 
  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
  TypeSourceInfo *TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
 
  /// Check whether E, which is either a discarded-value expression or an
  /// unevaluated operand, is a simple-assignment to a volatlie-qualified
  /// lvalue, and if so, remove it from the list of volatile-qualified
  /// assignments that we are going to warn are deprecated.
  void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E);
 
  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
 
  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
  // named expressions.
  //
  // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
  // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
  // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
  // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
  // explicit nested-name-specifier).
  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
 
  /// Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
  /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
                              bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
 
  /// Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
  /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3).  Note that this should not be
  /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
 
  /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
  ///
  /// Note, this may change the dependence of the DeclRefExpr, and so needs to
  /// be handled with care if the DeclRefExpr is not newly-created.
  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr);
 
  /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
 
  /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a FunctionParmPackExpr.
  void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E);
  void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(ValueDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc,
                                         unsigned CapturingScopeIndex);
 
  ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E);
  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
 
  /// Try to capture the given variable.
  ///
  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
  ///
  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
  ///
  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
  /// an explicit lambda capture.
  ///
  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
  ///
  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
  /// variable can be captured.
  ///
  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
  /// captured.
  ///
  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
  /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
  /// a nested generic lambda.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
  bool tryCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
                          TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                          bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
                          QualType &DeclRefType,
                          const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
 
  /// Try to capture the given variable.
  bool tryCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCaptureKind::Implicit,
                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
 
  /// Checks if the variable must be captured.
  bool NeedToCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
  /// variable will have in the given scope.
  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as
  /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent
  /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced.
  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
 
  /// Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
  /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
  ///
  /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
  /// 'referenced'.
  /// \param StopAt Subexpressions that we shouldn't recurse into.
  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false,
                                        ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt = {});
 
  /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the
  /// conversion.
  ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty);
 
  /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the statements's reachability
  /// analysis.
  ///
  /// \param Stmts If Stmts is non-empty, delay reporting the diagnostic until
  /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to
  /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the
  /// diagnostic will not be emitted.
  bool DiagIfReachable(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt *> Stmts,
                       const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
 
  /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
  /// evaluation context.
  ///
  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
  /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements
  /// are reachable.
  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt *> Stmts,
                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
 
  // Primary Expressions.
  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
 
  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr,
                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
 
  /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
  /// possibly a list of template arguments.
  ///
  /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
  /// DecomposeTemplateName.
  ///
  /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
  /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
  /// some way.
  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Diagnose a lookup that found results in an enclosing class during error
  /// recovery. This usually indicates that the results were found in a
  /// dependent base class that could not be searched as part of a template
  /// definition. Always issues a diagnostic (though this may be only a warning
  /// in MS compatibility mode).
  ///
  /// Return \c true if the error is unrecoverable, or \c false if the caller
  /// should attempt to recover using these lookup results.
  bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(const LookupResult &R);
 
  /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
  ///
  /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
  bool
  DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
                      CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
                      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = {},
                      DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr);
 
  /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context,
  /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None.
  NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D);
 
  DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
                                SourceLocation Loc,
                                const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
  DeclRefExpr *
  BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
                   NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(),
                   const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
 
  /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
  /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
  DeclRefExpr *
  BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                   NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(),
                   const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
 
  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const LookupResult &R,
                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
 
  /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
  /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
  /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
  /// this path.
  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
      CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
      bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
 
  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
                                      bool NeedsADL,
                                      bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
 
  /// Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
      NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
      bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
 
  // ExpandFunctionLocalPredefinedMacros - Returns a new vector of Tokens,
  // where Tokens representing function local predefined macros (such as
  // __FUNCTION__) are replaced (expanded) with string-literal Tokens.
  std::vector<Token> ExpandFunctionLocalPredefinedMacros(ArrayRef<Token> Toks);
 
  ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, PredefinedIdentKind IK);
  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, int64_t Val);
 
  bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, bool AllowZero);
 
  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
                                    Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
                                MultiExprArg Val);
  ExprResult ActOnCXXParenListInitExpr(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType T,
                                       unsigned NumUserSpecifiedExprs,
                                       SourceLocation InitLoc,
                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").  The result string has to handle
  /// string concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come
  /// from multiple tokens.  However, the common case is that StringToks points
  /// to one string.
  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
                                Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
 
  ExprResult ActOnUnevaluatedStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks);
 
  /// ControllingExprOrType is either an opaque pointer coming out of a
  /// ParsedType or an Expr *. FIXME: it'd be better to split this interface
  /// into two so we don't take a void *, but that's awkward because one of
  /// the operands is either a ParsedType or an Expr *, which doesn't lend
  /// itself to generic code very well.
  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                       bool PredicateIsExpr,
                                       void *ControllingExprOrType,
                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
  /// ControllingExprOrType is either a TypeSourceInfo * or an Expr *. FIXME:
  /// it'd be better to split this interface into two so we don't take a
  /// void *, but see the FIXME on ActOnGenericSelectionExpr as to why that
  /// isn't a trivial change.
  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                        bool PredicateIsExpr,
                                        void *ControllingExprOrType,
                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
 
  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                  Expr *InputExpr, bool IsAfterAmp = false);
  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
                          Expr *Input, bool IsAfterAmp = false);
 
  /// Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Op,
                          Expr *Input, bool IsAfterAmp = false);
 
  /// Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
  /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
  /// with the address-of operator.
  bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E);
  bool CheckUseOfCXXMethodAsAddressOfOperand(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                             const Expr *Op,
                                             const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
 
  /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
  /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
  /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
  /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
  /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
  /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
  /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
 
  /// ActOnAlignasTypeArgument - Handle @c alignas(type-id) and @c
  /// _Alignas(type-name) .
  /// [dcl.align] An alignment-specifier of the form
  /// alignas(type-id) has the same effect as alignas(alignof(type-id)).
  ///
  /// [N1570 6.7.5] _Alignas(type-name) is equivalent to
  /// _Alignas(_Alignof(type-name)).
  bool ActOnAlignasTypeArgument(StringRef KWName, ParsedType Ty,
                                SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceRange R);
  bool CheckAlignasTypeArgument(StringRef KWName, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceRange R);
 
  /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
                                            SourceRange R);
 
  /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
  /// operand.
  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
 
  /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
  /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
  /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
  ExprResult ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
                                           bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
                                           SourceRange ArgRange);
 
  /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
  /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
 
  /// Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
  /// and type traits.
  ///
  /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
  /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may
  /// modify the expression as it completes the type for that expression through
  /// template instantiation, etc.
  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
 
  /// Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
  /// traits.
  ///
  /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various
  /// constraints on those operands.
  ///
  /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
  /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
  ///   Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
  ///
  /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
  ///   The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
  ///   standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
  ///
  /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
                                        StringRef KWName);
 
  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
 
  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
                                     MultiExprArg ArgExprs,
                                     SourceLocation RLoc);
  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
 
  ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSingleSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx,
                                                    SourceLocation RBLoc);
 
  ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx,
                                              Expr *ColumnIdx,
                                              SourceLocation RBLoc);
 
  /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
  /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
  /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
  /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
  /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
  /// true if the call is ill-formed.
  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                               bool ExecConfig = false);
 
  /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
  /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
  /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
  ///
  /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of
  /// the array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value
  /// of the corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first
  /// element of an array with at least as many elements as specified by the
  /// size expression.
  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, ParmVarDecl *Param,
                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
 
  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
  /// locations.
  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                           Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr);
 
  /// BuildCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
  /// locations.
  ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                           Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
                           bool IsExecConfig = false,
                           bool AllowRecovery = false);
 
  /// BuildBuiltinCallExpr - Create a call to a builtin function specified by Id
  //  with the specified CallArgs
  Expr *BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id,
                             MultiExprArg CallArgs);
 
  using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind;
 
  /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
  /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy.  The expression should
  /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
  /// block-pointer type.
  ///
  /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
  ExprResult
  BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                        Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false,
                        ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL);
 
  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Declarator &D,
                           ParsedType &Ty, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                           Expr *CastExpr);
 
  /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
  /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
 
  /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
 
  /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
  /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
 
  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr);
 
  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
 
  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
 
  ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc, bool IsExplicit);
 
  /// Binary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind,
                        Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                        Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
                        bool ForFoldExpression = false);
 
  /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
  /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
  /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
                                bool ForFoldExpression = false);
  void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                   UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
 
  /// Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with
  /// another operator.  There is an explicit list of acceptable expressions for
  /// the left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning.
  void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
                                SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *CondExpr,
                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
 
  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
 
  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
                           SourceLocation RPLoc);
  ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
                           SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth);
  // Handle the final expression in a statement expression.
  ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E);
  void ActOnStmtExprError();
 
  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                  const Designation &Desig,
                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
                                  const Designation &Desig,
                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *CondExpr,
                             Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
                             SourceLocation RPLoc);
 
  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
 
  // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FUNCSIG(),
  // __builtin_FILE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), __builtin_source_location()
  ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocIdentKind Kind,
                                SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                SourceLocation RPLoc);
 
  // #embed
  ExprResult ActOnEmbedExpr(SourceLocation EmbedKeywordLoc,
                            StringLiteral *BinaryData, StringRef FileName);
 
  // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr.
  ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocIdentKind Kind, QualType ResultTy,
                                SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc,
                                DeclContext *ParentContext);
 
  // __null
  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
 
  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
 
  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
 
  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
  /// started.
  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
 
  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
                           Scope *CurScope);
 
  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
 
  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
                                Scope *CurScope);
 
  //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
 
  /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
  /// provided arguments.
  ///
  /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
  ///
  ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
 
  /// Parse a __builtin_astype expression.
  ///
  /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
  ///
  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// Create a new AsTypeExpr node (bitcast) from the arguments.
  ExprResult BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy,
                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created.
  ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End,
                                ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs,
                                QualType T = QualType());
 
  /// Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
  ///
  /// There are two relevant checks:
  ///
  /// C++ [class.access.base]p7:
  ///
  ///   If a class member access operator [...] is used to access a non-static
  ///   data member or non-static member function, the reference is ill-formed
  ///   if the left operand [...] cannot be implicitly converted to a pointer to
  ///   the naming class of the right operand.
  ///
  /// C++ [expr.ref]p7:
  ///
  ///   If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the
  ///   program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is
  ///   an ambiguous base (11.8) of the naming class (11.9.3) of E2.
  ///
  /// Note that the latter check does not consider access; the access of the
  /// "real" base class is checked as appropriate when checking the access of
  /// the member name.
  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
                                           NestedNameSpecifier Qualifier,
                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                           NamedDecl *Member);
 
  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
  /// that best represents the call.
  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded.
  void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec);
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
 
  /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary.
  /// Return true on error.
  bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
                              ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *Init = nullptr,
                              bool SkipImmediateInvocations = true);
 
  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
  /// the default expr if needed.
  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
                                    ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *Init = nullptr);
 
  /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate
  /// invocation.
  ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl);
 
  void MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(Expr *E);
 
  // Check that the SME attributes for PSTATE.ZA and PSTATE.SM are compatible.
  bool IsInvalidSMECallConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
 
  /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
  /// expression violations.
  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
  public:
    bool Suppress;
 
    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) {}
 
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
    diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S,
                                                 SourceLocation Loc) = 0;
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc);
    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {}
  };
 
  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
  ExprResult
  VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
                                  VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
                                  AllowFoldKind CanFold = AllowFoldKind::No);
  ExprResult
  VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
                                  unsigned DiagID,
                                  AllowFoldKind CanFold = AllowFoldKind::No);
  ExprResult
  VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr,
                                  AllowFoldKind CanFold = AllowFoldKind::No);
  ExprResult
  VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
                                  AllowFoldKind CanFold = AllowFoldKind::No) {
    return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold);
  }
 
  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
 
  /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
 
  class FullExprArg {
  public:
    FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) {}
    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) {}
 
    ExprResult release() { return E; }
 
    Expr *get() const { return E; }
 
    Expr *operator->() { return E; }
 
  private:
    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
    friend class Sema;
 
    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
 
    Expr *E;
  };
 
  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
  }
  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
    return FullExprArg(
        ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get());
  }
  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
    ExprResult FE =
        ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
                            /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
    return FullExprArg(FE.get());
  }
 
  class ConditionResult {
    Decl *ConditionVar;
    ExprResult Condition;
    bool Invalid;
    std::optional<bool> KnownValue;
 
    friend class Sema;
    ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, ExprResult Condition,
                    bool IsConstexpr)
        : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false) {
      if (IsConstexpr && Condition.get()) {
        if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Val =
                Condition.get()->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context)) {
          KnownValue = !!(*Val);
        }
      }
    }
    explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
        : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(Invalid), Invalid(Invalid),
          KnownValue(std::nullopt) {}
 
  public:
    ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
    std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
      return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
                            Condition.get());
    }
    std::optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { return KnownValue; }
  };
  static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
 
  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
  ///
  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
  /// 'if' keyword.
  /// \return true iff there were any errors
  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
                                   bool IsConstexpr = false);
 
  enum class ConditionKind {
    Boolean,     ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
    ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
    Switch       ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
  };
 
  ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *SubExpr,
                                 ConditionKind CK, bool MissingOK = false);
 
  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
      ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
      ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
 
  /// Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
  /// constant and the other is not a pointer.  Returns true if a diagnostic is
  /// emitted.
  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
 
  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
                               bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion,
                               bool AllowBoolOperation, bool ReportInvalid);
 
  /// Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of
  /// elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical
  /// size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from
  /// the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long ==
  /// long, where long gets picked over long long.
  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
  QualType GetSignedSizelessVectorType(QualType V);
 
  /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
  /// operates on extended vector types.  Instead of producing an IntTy result,
  /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
  /// types.
  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                      SourceLocation Loc,
                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckSizelessVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                              SourceLocation Loc,
                                              BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckMatrixCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                      SourceLocation Loc,
                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                      SourceLocation Loc,
                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckMatrixLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                      SourceLocation Loc,
                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  // type checking for sizeless vector binary operators.
  QualType CheckSizelessVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
                                       ArithConvKind OperationKind);
 
  /// Type checking for matrix binary operators.
  QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                          SourceLocation Loc,
                                          bool IsCompAssign);
  QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
 
  /// Are the two types SVE-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from
  /// the first SVE type (e.g. an SVE VLAT) to the second type (e.g. an SVE
  /// VLST) allowed?
  ///
  /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from
  /// the perspective of SVE bitcasts.
  bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
 
  /// Are the two types matrix types and do they have the same dimensions i.e.
  /// do they have the same number of rows and the same number of columns?
  bool areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy);
 
  bool areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
 
  /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types?  That is, given
  /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes,
  /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element
  /// size?
  ///
  /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a
  /// vector nor a real type.
  bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
 
  /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is
  /// known to be a vector type?
  bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
 
  // This returns true if at least one of the types is an altivec vector.
  bool anyAltivecTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
 
  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
 
  /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type.  We intentionally only
  /// trigger this for C-style casts.
  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
 
  /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
  /// given type.
  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
 
  /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, Expr *result,
                                QualType &paramType);
 
  // CheckMatrixCast - Check type constraints for matrix casts.
  // We allow casting between matrixes of the same dimensions i.e. when they
  // have the same number of rows and column. Returns true if the cast is
  // invalid.
  bool CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy,
                       CastKind &Kind);
 
  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
  // returns true if the cast is invalid
  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
                       CastKind &Kind);
 
  /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
  /// implicit casts if necessary.
  ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
 
  /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a matrix splat operation, adding
  /// implicit casts if necessary.
  ExprResult prepareMatrixSplat(QualType MatrixTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
 
  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
  // returns the cast expr
  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
                                CastKind &Kind);
 
  QualType PreferredConditionType(ConditionKind K) const {
    return K == ConditionKind::Switch ? Context.IntTy : Context.BoolTy;
  }
 
  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2), converts
  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1), and
  // promotes floating-piont types according to the language semantics.
  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
 
  // UsualUnaryFPConversions - promotes floating-point types according to the
  // current language semantics.
  ExprResult UsualUnaryFPConversions(Expr *E);
 
  /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
  /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
  ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
 
  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
 
  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
                                                  bool Diagnose = true);
 
  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
  // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type
  // or an array type.
  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
 
  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
 
  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                                       Expr *Fn);
 
  /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
  /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
  /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
 
  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
 
  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
  /// form of call prototypes.
  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(
      SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
      const FunctionProtoType *Proto, unsigned FirstParam,
      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
      VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicCallType::DoesNotApply,
      bool AllowExplicit = false, bool IsListInitialization = false);
 
  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
 
  // Check that the usual arithmetic conversions can be performed on this pair
  // of expressions that might be of enumeration type.
  void checkEnumArithmeticConversions(Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
                                      ArithConvKind ACK);
 
  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                      SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK);
 
  bool IsAssignConvertCompatible(AssignConvertType ConvTy) {
    switch (ConvTy) {
    default:
      return false;
    case AssignConvertType::Compatible:
    case AssignConvertType::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
    case AssignConvertType::CompatibleVoidPtrToNonVoidPtr:
      return true;
    }
    llvm_unreachable("impossible");
  }
 
  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, SourceLocation Loc,
                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
                                bool *Complained = nullptr);
 
  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
  /// C99 6.5.16.
  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType LHSType,
                                               QualType RHSType);
 
  /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
  /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
  /// is true.
  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
                                               ExprResult &RHS, CastKind &Kind,
                                               bool ConvertRHS = true);
 
  /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
  ///
  /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
  /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
  /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
  ///        for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
  ///        set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
  ///        without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
  /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
  ///        in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
  ///        for ARC retain issues.
  /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
  ///        conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
  ///        \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
      QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
      bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
 
  // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
 
  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
 
  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
                           ExprResult &RHS);
 
  /// Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and
  /// diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error
  /// as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases.
  QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
                                        ExprResult &RHS);
 
  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      bool IsCompAssign = false);
  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType *CompLHSTy = nullptr);
  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType *CompLHSTy = nullptr);
  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
  void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE);
  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
      Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType,
      BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
 
  /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
  /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
  static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
                               bool PartialOverloading = false) {
    // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
    if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
      return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
    return NumArgs > NumParams;
  }
 
  /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate
  /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval
  /// functions aren't tracked when this is set.
  bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false;
 
  bool isAlwaysConstantEvaluatedContext() const {
    const ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Ctx = currentEvaluationContext();
    return (Ctx.isConstantEvaluated() || isConstantEvaluatedOverride) &&
           !Ctx.InConditionallyConstantEvaluateContext;
  }
 
  /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that
  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
    return currentEvaluationContext().isUnevaluated();
  }
 
  bool isImmediateFunctionContext() const {
    return currentEvaluationContext().isImmediateFunctionContext();
  }
 
  bool isInLifetimeExtendingContext() const {
    return currentEvaluationContext().InLifetimeExtendingContext;
  }
 
  bool needsRebuildOfDefaultArgOrInit() const {
    return currentEvaluationContext().RebuildDefaultArgOrDefaultInit;
  }
 
  bool isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer() const {
    const ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Ctx = currentEvaluationContext();
    return (Ctx.Context ==
            ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed) ||
           Ctx.IsCurrentlyCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer;
  }
 
  std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext>
  InnermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations() const {
    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
    for (const auto &Ctx : llvm::reverse(ExprEvalContexts)) {
      if (Ctx.Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated &&
          Ctx.DelayedDefaultInitializationContext)
        return Ctx.DelayedDefaultInitializationContext;
      if (Ctx.isConstantEvaluated() || Ctx.isImmediateFunctionContext() ||
          Ctx.isUnevaluated())
        break;
    }
    return std::nullopt;
  }
 
  std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext>
  OutermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations() const {
    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
    std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext> Res;
    for (auto &Ctx : llvm::reverse(ExprEvalContexts)) {
      if (Ctx.Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated &&
          !Ctx.DelayedDefaultInitializationContext && Res)
        break;
      if (Ctx.isConstantEvaluated() || Ctx.isImmediateFunctionContext() ||
          Ctx.isUnevaluated())
        break;
      Res = Ctx.DelayedDefaultInitializationContext;
    }
    return Res;
  }
 
  /// Returns a field in a CXXRecordDecl that has the same name as the decl \p
  /// SelfAssigned when inside a CXXMethodDecl.
  const FieldDecl *
  getSelfAssignmentClassMemberCandidate(const ValueDecl *SelfAssigned);
 
  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
 
  template <typename... Ts>
  bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
                                const Ts &...Args) {
    SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser);
  }
 
  template <typename... Ts>
  bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID,
                                    const Ts &...Args) {
    SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser);
  }
 
  /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
  struct TypeDiagnoser {
    TypeDiagnoser() {}
 
    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
  };
 
  template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
  protected:
    unsigned DiagID;
    std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
 
    template <std::size_t... Is>
    void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
              std::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
      // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
      bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
      (void)Dummy;
    }
 
  public:
    BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
        : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
      assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
    }
 
    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
      const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
      emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
      DB << T;
    }
  };
 
  /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type
  /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless.
  /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have
  /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...".
  template <typename... Ts>
  class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> {
  public:
    SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
        : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {}
 
    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
      const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID);
      this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
      DB << T->isSizelessType() << T;
    }
  };
 
  /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
  /// handle later.
  bool CheckArgsForPlaceholders(MultiExprArg args);
 
  /// The C++ "std::source_location::__impl" struct, defined in
  /// <source_location>.
  RecordDecl *StdSourceLocationImplDecl;
 
  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
 
  // Set of failed immediate invocations to avoid double diagnosing.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<ConstantExpr *, 4> FailedImmediateInvocations;
 
  /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a
  /// block.
  llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1>
      ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs;
 
  /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
  void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
 
  std::vector<std::pair<QualType, unsigned>> ExcessPrecisionNotSatisfied;
  SourceLocation LocationOfExcessPrecisionNotSatisfied;
  void DiagnosePrecisionLossInComplexDivision();
 
private:
  static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
 
  /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer
  /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as
  /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For
  /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the
  /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires
  /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address
  /// of them are eventually taken.
  void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
  void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Expressions
  /// Implementations are in SemaExprCXX.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
  /// standard library.
  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
 
  /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
  /// standard library.
  LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
 
  /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>.
  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
 
  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
  /// have been declared.
  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
 
  /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
  ///
  /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
  /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
  /// used in initializer of the field.
  llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
 
  /// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
  /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
  /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
  /// name of the corresponding type.
  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                          const IdentifierInfo &Name);
 
  ParsedType getConstructorName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
                                SourceLocation NameLoc, Scope *S,
                                CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext);
  ParsedType getDestructorName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext);
 
  ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
                                          ParsedType ObjectType);
 
  /// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                            Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                            bool isType, void *TyOrExpr,
                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                            Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                            bool isType, void *TyOrExpr,
                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Check whether the type of 'this' is valid in the current context.
  bool CheckCXXThisType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type);
 
  /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context.
  Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit);
  void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This);
 
  /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
  ///
  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
  QualType getCurrentThisType();
 
  /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
 
  /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
    Sema &S;
    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
    bool Enabled;
 
  public:
    /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
                     bool Enabled = true);
 
    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
    CXXThisScopeRAII(const CXXThisScopeRAII &) = delete;
    CXXThisScopeRAII &operator=(const CXXThisScopeRAII &) = delete;
  };
 
  /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
  ///
  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
  /// capture list.
  ///
  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
  /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
  /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
  /// a non-static member function or a static function).
  /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
  bool CheckCXXThisCapture(
      SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
      const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
      bool ByCopy = false);
 
  /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
  /// being defined.
  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
 
  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
 
  /// Build a boolean-typed literal expression.
  ExprResult BuildBoolLiteral(SourceLocation Loc, bool Value);
 
  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
 
  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
 
  /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
  bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
 
  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
                                       SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
                                       SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                       bool ListInitialization);
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                       bool ListInitialization);
 
  /// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
  ///
  /// E.g.:
  /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
  /// or
  /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
  ///
  /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
  /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
  /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
  /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
  /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
  /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
  /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
  /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or
  ///   null if there is none.
  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
                         Expr *Initializer);
  ExprResult
  BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
              MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
              SourceRange TypeIdParens, QualType AllocType,
              TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, std::optional<Expr *> ArraySize,
              SourceRange DirectInitRange, Expr *Initializer);
 
  /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
  /// function that is unavailable.
  bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const;
 
  /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation
  /// function that is unavailable.
  void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
                                            SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
  /// in a new-expression.
  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
                          SourceRange R);
 
  /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate
  /// for the allocation.
  std::optional<ResolvedAllocation> FindAllocationFunctions(
      SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
      AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
      QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, const ImplicitAllocationParameters &IAP,
      MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, bool Diagnose = true);
 
  /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
  /// delete. These are:
  /// @code
  ///   // C++03:
  ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
  ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
  ///   // C++11:
  ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
  ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
  ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
  ///   // C++1y:
  ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
  ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
  ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
  ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
  ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
  /// @endcode
  /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
  /// declared. Their use requires including <new>.
  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
                                       ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
 
  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
                                ImplicitDeallocationParameters,
                                bool Diagnose = true);
  FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                              ImplicitDeallocationParameters,
                                              DeclarationName Name,
                                              bool Diagnose = true);
  FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                                      CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                                      bool Diagnose,
                                                      bool LookForGlobal,
                                                      DeclarationName Name);
 
  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
  /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
  /// or
  /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                            bool ArrayForm, Expr *Operand);
  void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
                            bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
                            bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
                            SourceLocation DtorLoc);
 
  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
                                  SourceLocation RParen);
 
  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
 
  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(
      Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind OpKind,
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, SourceLocation CCLoc,
      SourceLocation TildeLoc, PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
 
  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(
      Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind OpKind,
      CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, SourceLocation CCLoc,
      SourceLocation TildeLoc, UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
 
  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                       const DeclSpec &DS);
 
  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
 
  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) {
    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(
        Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue);
  }
  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
                                 bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false,
                                 bool IsTemplateArgument = false);
  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
 
  /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
  /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
  /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
  /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
 
  bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id,
                              bool IsUDSuffix);
 
  bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD);
 
  ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
                                         ConditionKind CK);
 
  /// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
  /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc, ConditionKind CK);
 
  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
 
  /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
  /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
  /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
  /// respectively).
  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
 
  /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
  /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
  /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
  /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
  /// used in the error message.
  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(
      Expr *From, QualType ToType, const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
      AssignmentAction Action,
      CheckedConversionKind CCK = CheckedConversionKind::Implicit);
 
  /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
  /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
  /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
  /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
  /// conversion, for use in error messages.
  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                       const StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                       AssignmentAction Action,
                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
 
  bool CheckTypeTraitArity(unsigned Arity, SourceLocation Loc, size_t N);
 
  /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support
  /// pseudo-functions.
  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                 ParsedType LhsTy, Expr *DimExpr,
                                 SourceLocation RParen);
 
  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, Expr *DimExpr,
                                 SourceLocation RParen);
 
  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
  /// pseudo-functions.
  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                  Expr *Queried, SourceLocation RParen);
 
  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                  Expr *Queried, SourceLocation RParen);
 
  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
      ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, SourceLocation OpLoc,
      bool isIndirect);
  QualType CheckVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
                                       ExprResult &RHS,
                                       SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
 
  //// Determines if a type is trivially relocatable
  /// according to the C++26 rules.
  // FIXME: This is in Sema because it requires
  // overload resolution, can we move to ASTContext?
  bool IsCXXTriviallyRelocatableType(QualType T);
  bool IsCXXTriviallyRelocatableType(const CXXRecordDecl &RD);
 
  /// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
  ///
  /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
  /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
  ///
  /// This function also implements GCC's vector extension and the
  /// OpenCL/ext_vector_type extension for conditionals. The vector extensions
  /// permit the use of a?b:c where the type of a is that of a integer vector
  /// with the same number of elements and size as the vectors of b and c. If
  /// one of either b or c is a scalar it is implicitly converted to match the
  /// type of the vector. Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and
  /// c are scalars, then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if
  /// possible.
  ///
  /// The expressions are evaluated differently for GCC's and OpenCL's
  /// extensions. For the GCC extension, the ?: operator is evaluated as
  ///   (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
  /// For the OpenCL extensions, the ?: operator is evaluated as
  ///   (most-significant-bit-set(a[0])  ? b[0] : c[0], .. ,
  ///    most-significant-bit-set(a[n]) ? b[n] : c[n]).
  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
      ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, ExprValueKind &VK,
      ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
 
  /// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
  ///
  /// This finds the composite pointer type for \p E1 and \p E2 according to
  /// C++2a [expr.type]p3. It converts both expressions to this type and returns
  /// it.  It does not emit diagnostics (FIXME: that's not true if \p
  /// ConvertArgs is \c true).
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
  /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
  ///
  /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target
  /// type.
  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
                                    bool ConvertArgs = true);
  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &E1,
                                    ExprResult &E2, bool ConvertArgs = true) {
    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
    QualType Composite =
        FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs);
    E1 = E1Tmp;
    E2 = E2Tmp;
    return Composite;
  }
 
  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
 
  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
  /// required.
  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
 
  ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E);
 
  IfExistsResult
  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
 
  IfExistsResult CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
                                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                                              bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                              UnqualifiedId &Name);
 
  RequiresExprBodyDecl *
  ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
                         ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
                         Scope *BodyScope);
  void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr();
  concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E);
  concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement(SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc,
                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                              const IdentifierInfo *TypeName,
                                              TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId);
  concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E,
                                                  SourceLocation NoexceptLoc);
  concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(
      Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
      TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth);
  concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint);
  concepts::ExprRequirement *BuildExprRequirement(
      Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
      concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement);
  concepts::ExprRequirement *BuildExprRequirement(
      concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag,
      bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
      concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement);
  concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type);
  concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(
      concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag);
  concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E);
  concepts::NestedRequirement *
  BuildNestedRequirement(StringRef InvalidConstraintEntity,
                         const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
  ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
                               RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body,
                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                               ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                               ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements,
                               SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc);
 
private:
  ExprResult BuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
                                                bool IsDelete);
 
  void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
  void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
                                 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
 
  std::optional<AllocationArgumentSet>
  resolveAllocationArguments(LookupResult &R,
                             const ImplicitAllocationParameters &,
                             ArrayRef<Expr *> PlacementArguments);
 
  // Attempts to construct the type identity argument for the call to a
  // type aware operator new. Returns null on failure.
  Expr *tryGetTypeIdentityArgument(QualType Type, SourceLocation);
 
  Expr *AllocationSizeExpr = nullptr;
  Expr *AllocationAlignmentExpr = nullptr;
  llvm::DenseMap<QualType, Expr *> AllocationTypeIdentityArguments;
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Member Access Expressions
  /// Implementations are in SemaExprMember.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Check whether an expression might be an implicit class member access.
  bool isPotentialImplicitMemberAccess(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
                                       bool IsAddressOfOperand);
 
  /// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R,
      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S);
 
  /// Builds an implicit member access expression.  The current context
  /// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
  /// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
  /// is from an appropriate type.
  ExprResult
  BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                          LookupResult &R,
                          const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
                          bool IsDefiniteInstance, const Scope *S);
 
  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(
      Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
 
  /// The main callback when the parser finds something like
  ///   expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
  ///   expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
  /// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
  /// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
  ///
  /// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
  /// \param ObjCImpDecl the current Objective-C \@implementation
  ///   decl; this is an ugly hack around the fact that Objective-C
  ///   \@implementations aren't properly put in the context chain
  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                                   UnqualifiedId &Member, Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
 
  MemberExpr *
  BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                  NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                  ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                  bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                  const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty,
                  ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
                  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
 
  // Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
  // specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
  // type.  The restriction here is:
  //
  //   C++ [expr.ref]p2:
  //     ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
  //     member of the class or of one of its base classes.
  //
  // So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
  // an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
  // decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
  // we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                     const LookupResult &R);
 
  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
  // defines a custom operator->).
  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
    Scope *S;
    UnqualifiedId &Id;
    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
  };
 
  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
      Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
      CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S,
      ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
 
  ExprResult
  BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                           bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                           NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
                           const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
                           const Scope *S, bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
                           ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
 
  ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
                                     SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
 
  /// Perform conversions on the LHS of a member access expression.
  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
 
  ExprResult BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation nameLoc,
      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
      Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
 
private:
  void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Initializers
  /// Implementations are in SemaInit.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are
  /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty.
  llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes;
 
  llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, CXXDeductionGuideDecl *>
      AggregateDeductionCandidates;
 
  bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT);
 
  /// Determine whether we can perform aggregate initialization for the purposes
  /// of overload resolution.
  bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(
      const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From);
 
  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
                                        SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc,
                                        bool GNUSyntax, ExprResult Init);
 
  /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is
  /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension
  /// (when permitted) if not.
  void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init);
 
  MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
  CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
                                 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
 
  /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize
  /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because
  /// we don't have xvalues there.
  ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E);
 
  ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion(
      Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue,
      CheckedConversionKind CCK = CheckedConversionKind::Implicit);
 
  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                    ExprResult Init);
  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprResult Init,
                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
 
  QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity,
      const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Lambda Expressions
  /// Implementations are in SemaLambda.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Create a new lambda closure type.
  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
                                         unsigned LambdaDependencyKind,
                                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
 
  /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary.
  void handleLambdaNumbering(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                             std::optional<CXXRecordDecl::LambdaNumbering>
                                 NumberingOverride = std::nullopt);
 
  /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
  void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
                        LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
                        SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, bool ExplicitParams,
                        bool Mutable);
 
  CXXMethodDecl *CreateLambdaCallOperator(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
                                          CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  void AddTemplateParametersToLambdaCallOperator(
      CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
      TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
 
  void
  CompleteLambdaCallOperator(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation LambdaLoc,
                             SourceLocation CallOperatorLoc,
                             const AssociatedConstraint &TrailingRequiresClause,
                             TypeSourceInfo *MethodTyInfo,
                             ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, StorageClass SC,
                             ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
                             bool HasExplicitResultType);
 
  /// Returns true if the explicit object parameter was invalid.
  bool DiagnoseInvalidExplicitObjectParameterInLambda(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                                                      SourceLocation CallLoc);
 
  /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
  /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
  /// not being used to initialize a reference.
  ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
      SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
      IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
    return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
        Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, std::nullopt, Id,
        InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
  }
  QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
                                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                                UnsignedOrNone NumExpansions,
                                                IdentifierInfo *Id,
                                                bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
 
  /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
  ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
  ///
  ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
  ///  variables appropriately.
  VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(
      SourceLocation Loc, QualType InitCaptureType, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
      IdentifierInfo *Id, unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init, DeclContext *DeclCtx);
 
  /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope.
  void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var, bool ByRef);
 
  /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
  /// given lambda.
  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
 
  /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
  /// statements present in the body.
  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
 
  /// Once the Lambdas capture are known, we can start to create the closure,
  /// call operator method, and keep track of the captures.
  /// We do the capture lookup here, but they are not actually captured until
  /// after we know what the qualifiers of the call operator are.
  void ActOnLambdaExpressionAfterIntroducer(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
                                            Scope *CurContext);
 
  /// This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list
  /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a.
  void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
                                                SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
                                                ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams,
                                                SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
                                                ExprResult RequiresClause);
 
  void ActOnLambdaClosureQualifiers(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
                                    SourceLocation MutableLoc);
 
  void ActOnLambdaClosureParameters(
      Scope *LambdaScope,
      MutableArrayRef<DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo> ParamInfo);
 
  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
  /// lambda.
  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, const DeclSpec &DS);
 
  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
 
  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
  /// was successfully completed.
  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body);
 
  /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects?
  bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From);
 
  /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a
  /// diagnostic is emitted.
  bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange,
                                   SourceRange FixItRange,
                                   const sema::Capture &From);
 
  /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture.
  FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture);
 
  /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression.
  ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture,
                              SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc,
                              bool IsOpenMPMapping = false);
 
  /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
  /// lambda body.
  ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
 
  /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to
  /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator.
  QualType
  getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType,
                                        CallingConv CC);
 
  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv, Expr *Src);
 
  class LambdaScopeForCallOperatorInstantiationRAII
      : private FunctionScopeRAII {
  public:
    LambdaScopeForCallOperatorInstantiationRAII(
        Sema &SemasRef, FunctionDecl *FD, MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MLTAL,
        LocalInstantiationScope &Scope,
        bool ShouldAddDeclsFromParentScope = true);
  };
 
  /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
  /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any.
  ///
  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
  /// block literal.
  std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *>
  getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Name Lookup
  ///
  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
  ///
  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
  ///
  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
  ///
  /// Implementations are in SemaLookup.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
  /// disabled.
  bool DisableTypoCorrection;
 
  /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
  unsigned TyposCorrected;
 
  typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
 
  /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
  /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
  /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
  IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
 
  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
  /// function.
  ///
  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult {
  public:
    enum Kind { NoMemberOrDeleted, Ambiguous, Success };
 
  private:
    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl *, 2> Pair;
 
  public:
    SpecialMemberOverloadResult() {}
    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD)
        : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {}
 
    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
 
    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
  };
 
  using SpecialMemberCacheKey = std::pair<const CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned>;
 
  /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results
  /// for C++ records.
  llvm::DenseMap<SpecialMemberCacheKey, SpecialMemberOverloadResult>
      SpecialMemberCache;
 
  enum class AcceptableKind { Visible, Reachable };
 
  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
 
  /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
  enum LookupNameKind {
    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
    /// structs, and unions.
    LookupTagName,
    /// Label name lookup.
    LookupLabel,
    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
    /// class/struct/union members.
    LookupMemberName,
    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
    LookupOperatorName,
    /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary
    /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs.
    LookupDestructorName,
    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
    LookupNamespaceName,
    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
    LookupUsingDeclName,
    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
    /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
    /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
    LookupLocalFriendName,
    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
    LookupObjCProtocolName,
    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
    /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
    LookupOMPReductionName,
    /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper.
    LookupOMPMapperName,
    /// Look up any declaration with any name.
    LookupAnyName
  };
 
  /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
    /// The lookup resulted in an error.
    LOLR_Error,
    /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued.
    LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic,
    /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
    LOLR_Cooked,
    /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
    LOLR_Raw,
    /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
    LOLR_Template,
    /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
    /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
    /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
    LOLR_StringTemplatePack,
  };
 
  SpecialMemberOverloadResult
  LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, CXXSpecialMemberKind SM, bool ConstArg,
                      bool VolatileArg, bool RValueThis, bool ConstThis,
                      bool VolatileThis);
 
  RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() const;
 
  /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
  ///
  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(
      Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
      LookupNameKind NameKind,
      RedeclarationKind Redecl = RedeclarationKind::NotForRedeclaration);
 
  /// Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
  /// fail.
  bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R);
  void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID);
 
  /// Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
  /// scope.
  ///
  /// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
  /// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
  /// @code
  /// int x;
  /// int f() {
  ///   return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
  /// }
  /// @endcode
  ///
  /// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
  /// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
  /// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
  /// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
  /// class LookupCriteria.
  ///
  /// @param S        The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
  /// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
  /// in the parent scopes.
  ///
  /// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
  /// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
  /// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
  /// used to diagnose ambiguities.
  ///
  /// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
                  bool ForceNoCPlusPlus = false);
 
  /// Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
  ///
  /// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
  /// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
  /// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
  ///
  /// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
  /// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
  /// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
  /// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
  /// class LookupCriteria.
  ///
  /// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
  ///
  /// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
  /// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
  /// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
  ///
  /// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
  /// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
  ///
  /// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
 
  /// Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
  /// "__super::" scope specifier.
  ///
  /// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
  /// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
  /// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
  ///
  /// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
  ///
  /// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
  /// search.
  ///
  /// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
  ///
  /// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
                           CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  /// Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
  /// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
  ///
  /// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
  /// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
  /// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
  /// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
  /// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
  /// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
  ///
  /// @param S        The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
  /// begin.
  ///
  /// @param SS       An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
  ///
  /// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
  /// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
  ///
  /// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
                        QualType ObjectType, bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
                        bool EnteringContext = false);
 
  /// Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
  /// class.
  ///
  /// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
  ///
  /// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
  /// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
  ///
  /// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
  bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
 
  /// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
  /// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
  /// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
  /// or use. If IsLabelStmt is true, then this is the label of a
  /// labeled-statement.
  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation(),
                                 bool IsLabelStmt = false);
 
  /// Perform a name lookup for a label with the specified name; this does not
  /// create a new label if the lookup fails.
  LabelDecl *LookupExistingLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc);
 
  /// Look up the constructors for the given class.
  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  /// Look up the default constructor for the given class.
  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  /// Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
                                               unsigned Quals);
 
  /// Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
 
  /// Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
                                              unsigned Quals);
 
  /// Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
 
  /// Look for the destructor of the given class.
  ///
  /// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
  /// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
  ///
  /// \returns The destructor for this class.
  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
  /// class.
  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
 
  /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
  /// visible at the specified location.
  void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND);
 
  /// Check ODR hashes for C/ObjC when merging types from modules.
  /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject in case
  /// of a mismatch.
  template <typename T,
            typename = std::enable_if_t<std::is_base_of<NamedDecl, T>::value>>
  bool ActOnDuplicateODRHashDefinition(T *Duplicate, T *Previous) {
    if (Duplicate->getODRHash() != Previous->getODRHash())
      return false;
 
    // Make the previous decl visible.
    makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Previous);
    return true;
  }
 
  /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
  /// template defined within it.
  llvm::DenseSet<Module *> &getLookupModules();
 
  bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(const NamedDecl *Def);
  bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(const NamedDecl *Def);
 
  /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
  bool
  hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
                            llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
  /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a reachable default argument.
  bool hasReachableDefaultArgument(
      const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
  /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a reachable default argument.
  bool hasAcceptableDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
                                    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules,
                                    Sema::AcceptableKind Kind);
 
  /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit
  /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
  /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.)
  bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization(
      const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
  /// Determine if there is a reachable declaration of \p D that is an explicit
  /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a
  /// member specialization, use hasReachableMemberSpecialization.)
  bool hasReachableExplicitSpecialization(
      const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
 
  /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
  /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
  bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
      const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
  /// Determine if there is a reachable declaration of \p D that is a member
  /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
  bool hasReachableMemberSpecialization(
      const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
 
  bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false);
 
  /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
  bool
  hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
                        llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
    return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
  }
 
  bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
                                 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
  /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is reachable.
  bool
  hasReachableDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
                          llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
    return isReachable(D) || hasReachableDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
  }
  bool hasReachableDeclarationSlow(
      const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
 
  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
 
  /// Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
  /// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
  ///
  /// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
  /// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
  ///        string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
  /// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity
  ///        to which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added
  ///        to it.
  /// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
  ///        recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
  ///        In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
  ///        to it.
  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
                    const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
 
  /// Find the associated classes and namespaces for
  /// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
  /// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
  /// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
      SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
      AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
 
  /// Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
  /// from name lookup.
  ///
  /// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
  void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
 
  /// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used
  /// for a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
  ///
  /// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
  /// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator
  /// name, and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument
  /// types.
  LiteralOperatorLookupResult
  LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
                        bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
                        bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing,
                        StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr);
 
  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
 
  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
                          bool LoadExternal = true);
  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true,
                          bool IncludeDependentBases = false,
                          bool LoadExternal = true);
 
  /// Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
  /// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
  /// present in the source code.
  ///
  /// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
  /// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
  ///
  /// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
  ///
  /// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
  ///
  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
  /// looking for, if present.
  ///
  /// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
  /// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
  /// determining the set of keywords permitted.
  ///
  /// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
  /// a member access expression.
  ///
  /// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
  /// the nested-name-specifier SS.
  ///
  /// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
  /// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
  ///
  /// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
  /// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
  /// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
  /// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
                             CXXScopeSpec *SS, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
                             CorrectTypoKind Mode,
                             DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
                             bool EnteringContext = false,
                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
                             bool RecordFailure = true);
 
  /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
  /// to %select values in diagnostics.
  enum class MissingImportKind {
    Declaration,
    Definition,
    DefaultArgument,
    ExplicitSpecialization,
    PartialSpecialization
  };
 
  /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
  /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
  void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *Decl,
                             MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
  void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *Decl,
                             SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
                             MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
 
  /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
  void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
 
  /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump E
  void ActOnPragmaDump(Expr *E);
 
private:
  // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
  //
  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> KnownNamespaces;
 
  /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
  /// source.
  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
 
  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
 
  /// Determine if we could use all the declarations in the module.
  bool isUsableModule(const Module *M);
 
  /// Helper for CorrectTypo used to create and populate a new
  /// TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction should be
  /// skipped entirely.
  std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
      const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
      Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
      DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
      const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery);
 
  /// Cache for module units which is usable for current module.
  llvm::DenseSet<const Module *> UsableModuleUnitsCache;
 
  /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
  TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
                                  bool RecordFailure = true) {
    if (RecordFailure)
      TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
    return TypoCorrection();
  }
 
  bool isAcceptableSlow(const NamedDecl *D, AcceptableKind Kind);
 
  /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that
  /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might
  /// not have external linkage.
  bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
                                    const NamedDecl *New) {
    if (isVisible(Old))
      return true;
    // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage
    // of the new declaration here.
    if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) {
      assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&
             "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl");
      return true;
    }
    return false;
  }
  bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Modules
  /// Implementations are in SemaModule.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Get the module unit whose scope we are currently within.
  Module *getCurrentModule() const {
    return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module;
  }
 
  /// Is the module scope we are an implementation unit?
  bool currentModuleIsImplementation() const {
    if (ModuleScopes.empty())
      return false;
    const Module *M = ModuleScopes.back().Module;
    return M->isModuleImplementation() || M->isModulePartitionImplementation();
  }
 
  // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module
  // visibility.
  void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
    VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
  }
 
  enum class ModuleDeclKind {
    Interface,               ///< 'export module X;'
    Implementation,          ///< 'module X;'
    PartitionInterface,      ///< 'export module X:Y;'
    PartitionImplementation, ///< 'module X:Y;'
  };
 
  /// An enumeration to represent the transition of states in parsing module
  /// fragments and imports.  If we are not parsing a C++20 TU, or we find
  /// an error in state transition, the state is set to NotACXX20Module.
  enum class ModuleImportState {
    FirstDecl,      ///< Parsing the first decl in a TU.
    GlobalFragment, ///< after 'module;' but before 'module X;'
    ImportAllowed,  ///< after 'module X;' but before any non-import decl.
    ImportFinished, ///< after any non-import decl.
    PrivateFragmentImportAllowed,  ///< after 'module :private;' but before any
                                   ///< non-import decl.
    PrivateFragmentImportFinished, ///< after 'module :private;' but a
                                   ///< non-import decl has already been seen.
    NotACXX20Module ///< Not a C++20 TU, or an invalid state was found.
  };
 
  /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
  /// of a module interface or implementation.
  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
                                 ModuleIdPath Path, ModuleIdPath Partition,
                                 ModuleImportState &ImportState,
                                 bool SeenNoTrivialPPDirective);
 
  /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins
  /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit.
  /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword.
  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc);
 
  /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins
  /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit.
  /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword.
  /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword.
  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
                                                SourceLocation PrivateLoc);
 
  /// The parser has processed a module import declaration.
  ///
  /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This
  ///        could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'.
  /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any.
  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
  /// \param Path The module toplevel name as an access path.
  /// \param IsPartition If the name is for a partition.
  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                               SourceLocation ExportLoc,
                               SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path,
                               bool IsPartition = false);
  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                               SourceLocation ExportLoc,
                               SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M,
                               ModuleIdPath Path = {});
 
  /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a
  /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
  void ActOnAnnotModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
  void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
 
  /// The parsed has entered a submodule.
  void ActOnAnnotModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
  /// The parser has left a submodule.
  void ActOnAnnotModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
 
  /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
  /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
  ///
  /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
  /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
  /// has forgotten to import.
  void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
                                                  Module *Mod);
 
  /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
  /// (if present).
  Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
                             SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
 
  /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
  Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
                              SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
 
private:
  /// The parser has begun a translation unit to be compiled as a C++20
  /// Header Unit, helper for ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit() only.
  void HandleStartOfHeaderUnit();
 
  struct ModuleScope {
    SourceLocation BeginLoc;
    clang::Module *Module = nullptr;
    VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
  };
  /// The modules we're currently parsing.
  llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
 
  /// For an interface unit, this is the implicitly imported interface unit.
  clang::Module *ThePrimaryInterface = nullptr;
 
  /// The explicit global module fragment of the current translation unit.
  /// The explicit Global Module Fragment, as specified in C++
  /// [module.global.frag].
  clang::Module *TheGlobalModuleFragment = nullptr;
 
  /// The implicit global module fragments of the current translation unit.
  ///
  /// The contents in the implicit global module fragment can't be discarded.
  clang::Module *TheImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = nullptr;
 
  /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl *, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces;
 
  /// In a C++ standard module, inline declarations require a definition to be
  /// present at the end of a definition domain.  This set holds the decls to
  /// be checked at the end of the TU.
  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const FunctionDecl *, 8> PendingInlineFuncDecls;
 
  /// Helper function to judge if we are in module purview.
  /// Return false if we are not in a module.
  bool isCurrentModulePurview() const;
 
  /// Enter the scope of the explicit global module fragment.
  Module *PushGlobalModuleFragment(SourceLocation BeginLoc);
  /// Leave the scope of the explicit global module fragment.
  void PopGlobalModuleFragment();
 
  /// Enter the scope of an implicit global module fragment.
  Module *PushImplicitGlobalModuleFragment(SourceLocation BeginLoc);
  /// Leave the scope of an implicit global module fragment.
  void PopImplicitGlobalModuleFragment();
 
  VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
 
  /// Whether we had imported any named modules.
  bool HadImportedNamedModules = false;
  /// The set of instantiations we need to check if they references TU-local
  /// entity from TUs. This only makes sense if we imported any named modules.
  llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, SourceLocation>>
      PendingCheckReferenceForTULocal;
  /// Implement [basic.link]p18, which requires that we can't use TU-local
  /// entities from other TUs (ignoring header units).
  void checkReferenceToTULocalFromOtherTU(FunctionDecl *FD,
                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation);
  /// Implement [basic.link]p17, which diagnose for non TU local exposure in
  /// module interface or module partition.
  void checkExposure(const TranslationUnitDecl *TU);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Overloading
  /// Implementations are in SemaOverload.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Whether deferrable diagnostics should be deferred.
  bool DeferDiags = false;
 
  /// RAII class to control scope of DeferDiags.
  class DeferDiagsRAII {
    Sema &S;
    bool SavedDeferDiags = false;
 
  public:
    DeferDiagsRAII(Sema &S, bool DeferDiags)
        : S(S), SavedDeferDiags(S.DeferDiags) {
      S.DeferDiags = SavedDeferDiags || DeferDiags;
    }
    ~DeferDiagsRAII() { S.DeferDiags = SavedDeferDiags; }
    DeferDiagsRAII(const DeferDiagsRAII &) = delete;
    DeferDiagsRAII &operator=(const DeferDiagsRAII &) = delete;
  };
 
  /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
  ///
  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
 
  /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the
  /// declarations in Old. This routine returns OverloadKind::Match or
  /// OverloadKind::NonFunction if New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if
  /// New has the same signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the
  /// Old declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When it
  /// does return OverloadKind::Match or OverloadKind::NonFunction, MatchedDecl
  /// will point to the decl that New cannot be overloaded with. This decl may
  /// be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying declaration.
  ///
  /// Example: Given the following input:
  ///
  ///   void f(int, float); // #1
  ///   void f(int, int); // #2
  ///   int f(int, int); // #3
  ///
  /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload
  /// will not be used.
  ///
  /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
  /// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since
  /// they have different signatures), so this routine returns
  /// OverloadKind::Overload; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
  ///
  /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
  /// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing)
  /// and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return
  /// types of functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns
  /// OverloadKind::Match and MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
  /// FunctionDecl for #2.
  ///
  /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a
  /// class by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow
  /// declarations ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function
  /// template's signature.
  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New,
                             const LookupResult &OldDecls, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
                             bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules);
  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
                  bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
 
  // Checks whether MD constitutes an override the base class method BaseMD.
  // When checking for overrides, the object object members are ignored.
  bool IsOverride(FunctionDecl *MD, FunctionDecl *BaseMD,
                  bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
 
  enum class AllowedExplicit {
    /// Allow no explicit functions to be used.
    None,
    /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors.
    Conversions,
    /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors.
    All
  };
 
  ImplicitConversionSequence TryImplicitConversion(
      Expr *From, QualType ToType, bool SuppressUserConversions,
      AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, bool InOverloadResolution, bool CStyle,
      bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
 
  /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
  /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the
  /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
  /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
  /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                       AssignmentAction Action,
                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
 
  /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
  /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
  /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
  /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
 
  /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
  /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
  /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
 
  /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
  ///
  /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
  /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
  /// floating-point or integral promotion.
  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
 
  /// IsOverflowBehaviorTypePromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
  /// FromType to ToType involves an OverflowBehaviorType FromType being
  /// promoted to an OverflowBehaviorType ToType which has a larger bitwidth.
  /// If so, returns true and sets FromType to ToType.
  bool IsOverflowBehaviorTypePromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
 
  /// IsOverflowBehaviorTypeConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
  /// FromType to ToType necessarily involves both an OverflowBehaviorType and
  /// a non-OverflowBehaviorType. If so, returns true and sets FromType to
  /// ToType.
  bool IsOverflowBehaviorTypeConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
 
  /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
  /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
  /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
  /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
  /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
  /// ConvertedType.
  ///
  /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
  /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
  /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
  /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
  /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
  /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
  /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
  /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
  /// should result in a warning.
  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                           bool InOverloadResolution, QualType &ConvertedType,
                           bool &IncompatibleObjC);
 
  /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
  /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
  /// with the same arguments and return values.
  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                               QualType &ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                QualType &ConvertedType);
 
  /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types
  /// for equality of their parameter types. Caller has already checked that
  /// they have same number of parameters.  If the parameters are different,
  /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter.
  /// If `Reversed` is true, the parameters of `NewType` will be compared in
  /// reverse order. That's useful if one of the functions is being used as a
  /// C++20 synthesized operator overload with a reversed parameter order.
  bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(ArrayRef<QualType> Old,
                                  ArrayRef<QualType> New,
                                  unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr,
                                  bool Reversed = false);
 
  bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
                                  const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
                                  unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr,
                                  bool Reversed = false);
 
  bool FunctionNonObjectParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionDecl *OldFunction,
                                           const FunctionDecl *NewFunction,
                                           unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr,
                                           bool Reversed = false);
 
  /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing
  /// function types.  Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in
  /// parameter types, and different return types.
  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, QualType FromType,
                                  QualType ToType);
 
  /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
  /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
  /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
  /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
  /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
  /// error, or returns false otherwise.
  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, CastKind &Kind,
                              CXXCastPath &BasePath, bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
                              bool Diagnose = true);
 
  /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
  /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
  /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
  /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
  /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
 
  enum class MemberPointerConversionResult {
    Success,
    DifferentPointee,
    NotDerived,
    Ambiguous,
    Virtual,
    Inaccessible
  };
  enum class MemberPointerConversionDirection : bool { Downcast, Upcast };
  /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from
  /// the expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous
  /// or virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions for
  /// which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It produces a
  // diagnostic if there was an error.
  MemberPointerConversionResult CheckMemberPointerConversion(
      QualType FromType, const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType, CastKind &Kind,
      CXXCastPath &BasePath, SourceLocation CheckLoc, SourceRange OpRange,
      bool IgnoreBaseAccess, MemberPointerConversionDirection Direction);
 
  /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
  /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
  /// (C++ 4.4).
  ///
  /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to
  /// indicate when the qualification conversion involves a change in the
  /// Objective-C object lifetime.
  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
 
  /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
  /// conversion of ExtInfo/ExtProtoInfo on the nested function type.
  /// More precisely, this method checks whether FromType can be transformed
  /// into an exact match for ToType, by transforming its extended function
  /// type information in legal manner (e.g. by strictly stripping "noreturn"
  /// or "noexcept", or by stripping "noescape" for arguments).
  bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) const;
 
  /// Same as `IsFunctionConversion`, but if this would return true, it sets
  /// `ResultTy` to `ToType`.
  bool TryFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                             QualType &ResultTy) const;
 
  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
  void DiagnoseUseOfDeletedFunction(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
                                    DeclarationName Name,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                    FunctionDecl *Fn, MultiExprArg Args,
                                    bool IsMember = false);
 
  ExprResult InitializeExplicitObjectArgument(Sema &S, Expr *Obj,
                                              FunctionDecl *Fun);
  ExprResult PerformImplicitObjectArgumentInitialization(
      Expr *From, NestedNameSpecifier Qualifier, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
      CXXMethodDecl *Method);
 
  /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
  /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
 
  /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual
  /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type.
  /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists.
  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
 
  ExprResult BuildConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
                                              CCEKind CCE,
                                              NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr);
 
  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
                                              APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE,
                                              NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr);
 
  /// EvaluateConvertedConstantExpression - Evaluate an Expression
  /// That is a converted constant expression
  /// (which was built with BuildConvertedConstantExpression)
  ExprResult
  EvaluateConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *E, QualType T, APValue &Value,
                                      CCEKind CCE, bool RequireInt,
                                      const APValue &PreNarrowingValue);
 
  /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
  public:
    bool Suppress;
    bool SuppressConversion;
 
    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
 
    /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
    /// for this conversion.
    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
    /// integral or enumeration type.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                  QualType T) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
    /// is explicit.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S,
                                                       SourceLocation Loc,
                                                       QualType T,
                                                       QualType ConvTy) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
    /// functions.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                    QualType T) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
 
    /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S,
                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
                                                     QualType T,
                                                     QualType ConvTy) = 0;
 
    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
  };
 
  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
 
  public:
    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, bool Suppress,
                        bool SuppressConversion)
        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
 
    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
    bool match(QualType T) override;
 
    SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                          QualType T) override {
      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
    }
 
    /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
    /// integral or enumeration type.
    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                 QualType T) = 0;
  };
 
  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
  ExprResult
  PerformContextualImplicitConversion(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
                                      ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
 
  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
    /// reference binding is not possible.
    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
    Ref_Related,
    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible.
    Ref_Compatible
  };
 
  // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool.
  struct ReferenceConversionsScope {
    /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when
    /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating
    /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2.
    enum ReferenceConversions {
      Qualification = 0x1,
      NestedQualification = 0x2,
      Function = 0x4,
      DerivedToBase = 0x8,
      ObjC = 0x10,
      ObjCLifetime = 0x20,
 
      LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime)
    };
  };
  using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions;
 
  /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
  /// determine whether they are reference-compatible,
  /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
  /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
  /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
  /// type being initialized.
  ReferenceCompareResult
  CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2,
                               ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr);
 
  /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
  /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments.  If
  /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
  /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
  ///
  /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
  /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
  /// code completion.
  void AddOverloadCandidate(
      FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
      bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true,
      bool AllowExplicitConversion = false,
      ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
      ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = {},
      OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {},
      bool AggregateCandidateDeduction = false, bool StrictPackMatch = false);
 
  /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
  /// the overload candidate set.
  void AddFunctionCandidates(
      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
      bool SuppressUserConversions = false, bool PartialOverloading = false,
      bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false);
 
  /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
  /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType,
                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                          OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false,
                          OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
 
  /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
  /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
  /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
  /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
  /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
  /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
  /// operators.
  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                          OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
                          bool PartialOverloading = false,
                          ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = {},
                          OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {},
                          bool StrictPackMatch = false);
 
  /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
  /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
  /// function template specialization.
  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType,
      Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
      bool PartialOverloading = false, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
 
  /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
  /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
  /// an appropriate function template specialization.
  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
      bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true,
      ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL,
      OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {},
      bool AggregateCandidateDeduction = false);
 
  struct CheckNonDependentConversionsFlag {
    /// Do not consider any user-defined conversions when constructing the
    /// initializing sequence.
    bool SuppressUserConversions;
 
    /// Before constructing the initializing sequence, we check whether the
    /// parameter type and argument type contain any user defined conversions.
    /// If so, do not initialize them. This effectively bypasses some undesired
    /// instantiation before checking constaints, which might otherwise result
    /// in non-SFINAE errors e.g. recursive constraints.
    bool OnlyInitializeNonUserDefinedConversions;
 
    CheckNonDependentConversionsFlag(
        bool SuppressUserConversions,
        bool OnlyInitializeNonUserDefinedConversions)
        : SuppressUserConversions(SuppressUserConversions),
          OnlyInitializeNonUserDefinedConversions(
              OnlyInitializeNonUserDefinedConversions) {}
  };
 
  /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument
  /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's
  /// [temp.deduct.call]p10.
  bool CheckNonDependentConversions(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
      ConversionSequenceList &Conversions,
      CheckNonDependentConversionsFlag UserConversionFlag,
      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(),
      Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {},
      OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
 
  /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
  /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
  /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
  /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
  /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
  /// conversion function produces).
  void AddConversionCandidate(
      CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
      bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true,
      bool StrictPackMatch = false);
 
  /// Adds a conversion function template specialization
  /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
  /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
  /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
  /// [temp.deduct.conv]).
  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit,
      bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true);
 
  /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
  /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
  /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
  /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
  /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto, Expr *Object,
                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                             OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
 
  /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given
  /// function set to the overload candidate set.
  void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(
      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
 
  /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
  /// member functions.
  ///
  /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
  /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
  /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
  /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
  /// [over.match.oper]).
  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                   OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {});
 
  /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
  /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
  /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
  /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
  /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
  /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
  /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
  /// converted to bool.
  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                           OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
 
  /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
  /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
  /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
  /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
  /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
 
  /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
  /// to the set of overloading candidates.
  ///
  /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
  /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
  /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
  /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(
      DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool PartialOverloading = false);
 
  /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
  /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
  EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc,
                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                              bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
 
  /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
  /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
  ///
  /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a
  /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call.
  ///
  /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
  bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function,
                                           const Expr *ThisArg,
                                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
                                           SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any
  /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs.
  ///
  /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use
  /// of a function.
  ///
  /// Returns true if any errors were emitted.
  bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND,
                                             SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
  /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
  /// an extension warning.
  bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
                                              const NamedDecl *B);
  void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
      SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
      ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
 
  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
  void NoteOverloadCandidate(
      const NamedDecl *Found, const FunctionDecl *Fn,
      OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(),
      QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false);
 
  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
  // the expression Expr
  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
                                 bool TakingAddress = false);
 
  /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
  /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
  ///
  /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
  bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
                                         bool Complain = false,
                                         SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
 
  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
  // R (A) --> R(A)
  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
 
  /// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
  /// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
  /// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
  /// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
  ///
  /// @code
  /// int f(double);
  /// int f(int);
  ///
  /// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
  /// @endcode
  ///
  /// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
  /// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
  /// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
  FunctionDecl *
  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, QualType TargetType,
                                     bool Complain, DeclAccessPair &Found,
                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
 
  /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
  /// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address
  /// taken. This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null.
  ///
  /// This routine can only succeed if from all of the candidates in the
  /// overload set for SrcExpr that can have their addresses taken, there is one
  /// candidate that is more constrained than the rest.
  FunctionDecl *
  resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
 
  /// Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded
  /// function reference using resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate. This
  /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and,
  /// if requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay.
  ///
  /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate fails.
  /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true.
  bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(
      ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false);
 
  /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
  /// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
  ///
  /// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
  /// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose
  /// template arguments are either provided by the template-id or have
  /// defaults, as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
  ///
  /// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is
  /// returned.
  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
      OverloadExpr *ovl, bool Complain = false, DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr,
      TemplateSpecCandidateSet *FailedTSC = nullptr,
      bool ForTypeDeduction = false);
 
  // Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved
  // because it identifies a single function template specialization.
  //
  // Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true
  //
  // Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the
  // expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded.  Always
  // returns true if 'complain' is set.
  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
      ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false,
      bool Complain = false, SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
 
  /// Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
  /// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
 
  /// Add the call candidates from the given set of lookup results to the given
  /// overload set. Non-function lookup results are ignored.
  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(
      LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
 
  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
  // range-based for loop.
  enum ForRangeStatus {
    FRS_Success,
    FRS_NoViableFunction,
    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
  };
 
  /// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the
  /// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which
  /// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument
  /// dependent lookup.
  /// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success,
  /// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value
  /// is returned.
  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
 
  /// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn
  /// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
  /// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
  /// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
  /// the call expression produced by overload resolution.
  /// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError.
  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
      Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
      MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig,
      bool AllowTypoCorrection = true, bool CalleesAddressIsTaken = false);
 
  /// Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from
  /// the given function.
  /// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set.
  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
                              ExprResult *Result);
 
  ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc,
                                        DeclarationNameInfo DNI,
                                        const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                                        bool PerformADL = true);
 
  /// Perform lookup for an overloaded unary operator.
  void LookupOverloadedUnaryOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                               OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                               const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true);
 
  /// Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
  /// operator.
  ///
  /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
  ///
  /// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator.
  ///
  /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be
  /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
  /// set based on the context using, e.g.,
  /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
  /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
  /// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
  ///
  /// \param Input The input argument.
  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *input,
                                     bool RequiresADL = true);
 
  /// Perform lookup for an overloaded binary operator.
  void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                             OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                             const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true);
 
  /// Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
  /// operator.
  ///
  /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
  ///
  /// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator.
  ///
  /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be
  /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
  /// set based on the context using, e.g.,
  /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
  /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
  /// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
  ///
  /// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
  /// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
  /// \param PerformADL Whether to consider operator candidates found by ADL.
  /// \param AllowRewrittenCandidates Whether to consider candidates found by
  ///        C++20 operator rewrites.
  /// \param DefaultedFn If we are synthesizing a defaulted operator function,
  ///        the function in question. Such a function is never a candidate in
  ///        our overload resolution. This also enables synthesizing a three-way
  ///        comparison from < and == as described in C++20 [class.spaceship]p1.
  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS,
                                   Expr *RHS, bool RequiresADL = true,
                                   bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true,
                                   FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr);
  ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                                const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                                                Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
                                                FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn);
 
  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
                                                SourceLocation RLoc, Expr *Base,
                                                MultiExprArg Args);
 
  /// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
  /// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
  /// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
  /// arguments to the function call (not including the object
  /// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
  /// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded
  /// member function.
  ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(
      Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args,
      SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
      bool IsExecConfig = false, bool AllowRecovery = false);
 
  /// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
  /// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
  /// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
  /// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
  ExprResult BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                          MultiExprArg Args,
                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  /// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
  ///  (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
  /// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
 
  /// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call
  /// to a literal operator described by the provided lookup results.
  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(
      LookupResult &R, DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
 
  /// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
  /// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
  /// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
  /// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
  /// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
 
  /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
  /// nullptr if none could be found
  ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
                                   bool IsInstance,
                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Statements
  /// Implementations are in SemaStmt.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes.  Can be empty.
  SmallVector<Scope *, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
 
  /// Stack of '_Defer' statements that are currently being parsed, as well
  /// as the locations of their '_Defer' keywords. Can be empty.
  SmallVector<std::pair<Scope *, SourceLocation>, 2> CurrentDefer;
 
  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true);
  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
 
  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
 
  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, SourceLocation StartLoc,
                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
 
  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
  /// whose result is unused, warn.
  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S, unsigned DiagID);
 
  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr);
  void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas();
  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
 
  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
 
  ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val);
  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS,
                           SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS,
                           SourceLocation ColonLoc);
 
  /// ActOnCaseStmtBody - This installs a statement as the body of a case.
  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
 
  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
                              SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
                              Scope *CurScope);
  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
 
  StmtResult BuildAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrsLoc,
                                 ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt);
  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(const ParsedAttributes &AttrList,
                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
 
  /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it,
  /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not. In the success case,
  /// the statement is rewritten to remove implicit nodes from the return
  /// value.
  bool checkAndRewriteMustTailAttr(Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA);
 
  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, IfStatementKind StatementKind,
                         SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
                         ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                         Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
  StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, IfStatementKind StatementKind,
                         SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
                         ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                         Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
 
  ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
 
  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
                                    ConditionResult Cond,
                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Stmt *Switch,
                                   Stmt *Body);
 
  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
                              Expr *SrcExpr);
 
  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                            ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                            Stmt *Body);
  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
                         SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
                         Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
 
  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                          Stmt *First, ConditionResult Second,
                          FullExprArg Third, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                          Stmt *Body);
 
  /// In an Objective C collection iteration statement:
  ///   for (x in y)
  /// x can be an arbitrary l-value expression.  Bind it up as a
  /// full-expression.
  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
 
  enum BuildForRangeKind {
    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
    BFRK_Build,
    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
    /// attempt any typo-correction.
    BFRK_Rebuild,
    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
    BFRK_Check
  };
 
  /// ActOnCXXForRangeStmt - Check and build a C++11 for-range statement.
  ///
  /// C++11 [stmt.ranged]:
  ///   A range-based for statement is equivalent to
  ///
  ///   {
  ///     auto && __range = range-init;
  ///     for ( auto __begin = begin-expr,
  ///           __end = end-expr;
  ///           __begin != __end;
  ///           ++__begin ) {
  ///       for-range-declaration = *__begin;
  ///       statement
  ///     }
  ///   }
  ///
  /// The body of the loop is not available yet, since it cannot be analysed
  /// until we have determined the type of the for-range-declaration.
  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(
      Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
      Stmt *InitStmt, Stmt *LoopVar, SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
      SourceLocation RParenLoc, BuildForRangeKind Kind,
      ArrayRef<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *> LifetimeExtendTemps = {});
 
  /// BuildCXXForRangeStmt - Build or instantiate a C++11 for-range statement.
  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(
      SourceLocation ForLoc, SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, Stmt *InitStmt,
      SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
      Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, Stmt *LoopVarDecl, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
      BuildForRangeKind Kind,
      ArrayRef<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *> LifetimeExtendTemps = {});
 
  /// Set the type of a for-range declaration whose for-range or expansion
  /// initialiser is dependent.
  void ActOnDependentForRangeInitializer(VarDecl *LoopVar,
                                         BuildForRangeKind BFRK);
 
  /// Holds the 'begin' and 'end' variables of a range-based for loop or
  /// expansion statement; begin-expr and end-expr are also provided; the
  /// latter are used in some diagnostics.
  struct ForRangeBeginEndInfo {
    VarDecl *BeginVar = nullptr;
    VarDecl *EndVar = nullptr;
    Expr *BeginExpr = nullptr;
    Expr *EndExpr = nullptr;
    bool isValid() const { return BeginVar != nullptr && EndVar != nullptr; }
  };
 
  /// Determine begin-expr and end-expr and build variable declarations for
  /// them as per [stmt.ranged].
  ForRangeBeginEndInfo BuildCXXForRangeBeginEndVars(
      Scope *S, VarDecl *RangeVar, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
      SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
      ArrayRef<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *> LifetimeExtendTemps,
      BuildForRangeKind Kind, bool IsConstexpr,
      StmtResult *RebuildResult = nullptr,
      llvm::function_ref<StmtResult()> RebuildWithDereference = {},
      IdentifierInfo *BeginName = nullptr, IdentifierInfo *EndName = nullptr);
 
  /// Helper used by the expansion statements and for-range code to build
  /// a variable declaration for e.g. 'begin' and 'end'.
  VarDecl *BuildForRangeVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type,
                                IdentifierInfo *Name, bool IsConstexpr);
 
  /// Build the range variable of a range-based for loop or iterating
  /// expansion statement and return its DeclStmt.
  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeRangeVar(Scope *S, Expr *Range, QualType Type,
                                      bool IsConstexpr = false);
 
  /// FinishCXXForRangeStmt - Attach the body to a C++0x for-range statement.
  /// This is a separate step from ActOnCXXForRangeStmt because analysis of the
  /// body cannot be performed until after the type of the range variable is
  /// determined.
  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
 
  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, SourceLocation LabelLoc,
                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
                                   SourceLocation StarLoc, Expr *DestExp);
  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope,
                               LabelDecl *Label, SourceLocation LabelLoc);
  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope,
                            LabelDecl *Label, SourceLocation LabelLoc);
 
  void ActOnStartOfDeferStmt(SourceLocation DeferLoc, Scope *CurScope);
  void ActOnDeferStmtError(Scope *CurScope);
  StmtResult ActOnEndOfDeferStmt(Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope);
 
  struct NamedReturnInfo {
    const VarDecl *Candidate;
 
    enum Status : uint8_t { None, MoveEligible, MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable };
    Status S;
 
    bool isMoveEligible() const { return S != None; };
    bool isCopyElidable() const { return S == MoveEligibleAndCopyElidable; }
  };
  enum class SimplerImplicitMoveMode { ForceOff, Normal, ForceOn };
 
  /// Determine whether the given expression might be move-eligible or
  /// copy-elidable in either a (co_)return statement or throw expression,
  /// without considering function return type, if applicable.
  ///
  /// \param E The expression being returned from the function or block,
  /// being thrown, or being co_returned from a coroutine. This expression
  /// might be modified by the implementation.
  ///
  /// \param Mode Overrides detection of current language mode
  /// and uses the rules for C++23.
  ///
  /// \returns An aggregate which contains the Candidate and isMoveEligible
  /// and isCopyElidable methods. If Candidate is non-null, it means
  /// isMoveEligible() would be true under the most permissive language
  /// standard.
  NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(
      Expr *&E, SimplerImplicitMoveMode Mode = SimplerImplicitMoveMode::Normal);
 
  /// Determine whether the given NRVO candidate variable is move-eligible or
  /// copy-elidable, without considering function return type.
  ///
  /// \param VD The NRVO candidate variable.
  ///
  /// \returns An aggregate which contains the Candidate and isMoveEligible
  /// and isCopyElidable methods. If Candidate is non-null, it means
  /// isMoveEligible() would be true under the most permissive language
  /// standard.
  NamedReturnInfo getNamedReturnInfo(const VarDecl *VD);
 
  /// Updates given NamedReturnInfo's move-eligible and
  /// copy-elidable statuses, considering the function
  /// return type criteria as applicable to return statements.
  ///
  /// \param Info The NamedReturnInfo object to update.
  ///
  /// \param ReturnType This is the return type of the function.
  /// \returns The copy elision candidate, in case the initial return expression
  /// was copy elidable, or nullptr otherwise.
  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(NamedReturnInfo &Info,
                                         QualType ReturnType);
 
  /// Perform the initialization of a potentially-movable value, which
  /// is the result of return value.
  ///
  /// This routine implements C++20 [class.copy.elision]p3, which attempts to
  /// treat returned lvalues as rvalues in certain cases (to prefer move
  /// construction), then falls back to treating them as lvalues if that failed.
  ExprResult
  PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                  const NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo, Expr *Value,
                                  bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves = false);
 
  TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
 
  /// Deduce the return type for a function from a returned expression, per
  /// C++1y [dcl.spec.auto]p6.
  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetExpr,
                                        const AutoType *AT);
 
  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
                             Scope *CurScope);
  StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
                             bool AllowRecovery = false);
 
  /// ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt - Utility routine to type-check return statements
  /// for capturing scopes.
  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
                                     NamedReturnInfo &NRInfo,
                                     bool SupressSimplerImplicitMoves);
 
  /// ActOnCXXCatchBlock - Takes an exception declaration and a handler block
  /// and creates a proper catch handler from them.
  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, Decl *ExDecl,
                                Stmt *HandlerBlock);
 
  /// ActOnCXXTryBlock - Takes a try compound-statement and a number of
  /// handlers and creates a try statement from them.
  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
                              ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
 
  void DiagnoseExceptionUse(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTry);
 
  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
                              SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
                              Stmt *Handler);
  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FilterExpr,
                                 Stmt *Block);
  void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
  void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
  StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
  StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
 
  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                                        bool IsIfExists,
                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
                                        Stmt *Nested);
  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                                        bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                        UnqualifiedId &Name, Stmt *Nested);
 
  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
  typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
                                CapturedRegionKind Kind,
                                ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params,
                                unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0);
  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
                                           SourceLocation Loc,
                                           unsigned NumParams);
 
  void ApplyForRangeOrExpansionStatementLifetimeExtension(
      VarDecl *RangeVar, ArrayRef<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *> Temporaries);
 
private:
  /// Check whether the given statement can have musttail applied to it,
  /// issuing a diagnostic and returning false if not.
  bool checkMustTailAttr(const Stmt *St, const Attr &MTA);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name `inline asm` Statement
  /// Implementations are in SemaStmtAsm.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  ExprResult ActOnGCCAsmStmtString(Expr *Stm, bool ForAsmLabel);
  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
                             unsigned NumLabels, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res,
                                   llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, unsigned &Offset,
                            SourceLocation AsmLoc);
  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
                                         SourceLocation AsmLoc);
  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, StringRef AsmString,
                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, SourceLocation EndLoc);
  LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
                                   SourceLocation Location, bool AlwaysCreate);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Statement Attribute Handling
  /// Implementations are in SemaStmtAttr.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  bool CheckNoInlineAttr(const Stmt *OrigSt, const Stmt *CurSt,
                         const AttributeCommonInfo &A);
  bool CheckAlwaysInlineAttr(const Stmt *OrigSt, const Stmt *CurSt,
                             const AttributeCommonInfo &A);
 
  CodeAlignAttr *BuildCodeAlignAttr(const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E);
  bool CheckRebuiltStmtAttributes(ArrayRef<const Attr *> Attrs);
 
  /// Process the attributes before creating an attributed statement. Returns
  /// the semantic attributes that have been processed.
  void ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, const ParsedAttributes &InAttrs,
                             SmallVectorImpl<const Attr *> &OutAttrs);
 
  ExprResult ActOnCXXAssumeAttr(Stmt *St, const ParsedAttr &A,
                                SourceRange Range);
  ExprResult BuildCXXAssumeExpr(Expr *Assumption,
                                const IdentifierInfo *AttrName,
                                SourceRange Range);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Templates
  /// Implementations are in SemaTemplate.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  // Saves the current floating-point pragma stack and clear it in this Sema.
  class FpPragmaStackSaveRAII {
  public:
    FpPragmaStackSaveRAII(Sema &S)
        : S(S), SavedStack(std::move(S.FpPragmaStack)) {
      S.FpPragmaStack.Stack.clear();
    }
    ~FpPragmaStackSaveRAII() { S.FpPragmaStack = std::move(SavedStack); }
    FpPragmaStackSaveRAII(const FpPragmaStackSaveRAII &) = delete;
    FpPragmaStackSaveRAII &operator=(const FpPragmaStackSaveRAII &) = delete;
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> SavedStack;
  };
 
  void resetFPOptions(FPOptions FPO) {
    CurFPFeatures = FPO;
    FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue = FPO.getChangesFrom(FPOptions(LangOpts));
  }
 
  ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const {
    return llvm::ArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() +
                              InventedParameterInfosStart,
                          InventedParameterInfos.end());
  }
 
  ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *> getFunctionScopes() const {
    return llvm::ArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart,
                          FunctionScopes.end());
  }
 
  typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
                          std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
      LateParsedTemplateMapT;
  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
 
  /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is
  /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent
  /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as
  /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is
  /// encountered.
  unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const;
 
  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
                                     bool AllowDependent = true);
  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
                                     bool AllowDependent = true,
                                     bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false);
  /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name.
  ///
  /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup.
  /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be
  ///        considered valid results.
  /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might
  ///        name templates) should be considered valid results.
  static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D,
                                          bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true,
                                          bool AllowDependent = true);
 
  enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired };
  /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup.
  class RequiredTemplateKind {
  public:
    /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid.
    RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation())
        : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {}
    /// Template name is unconditionally required.
    RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) {}
 
    SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const {
      return TemplateKW.value_or(SourceLocation());
    }
    bool hasTemplateKeyword() const {
      return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid();
    }
    bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); }
    explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); }
 
  private:
    std::optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW;
  };
 
  enum class AssumedTemplateKind {
    /// This is not assumed to be a template name.
    None,
    /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing.
    FoundNothing,
    /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more
    /// functions (but no function templates).
    FoundFunctions,
  };
 
  bool
  LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                     QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
                     RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(),
                     AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr,
                     bool AllowTypoCorrection = true);
 
  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
                                  const UnqualifiedId &Name,
                                  ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
                                  TemplateTy &Template,
                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization,
                                  bool AllowTypoCorrection = true);
 
  /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template.
  ///
  /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates
  /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to
  /// the corresponding kind, if possible.
  void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name,
                                       TemplateNameKind &TNK,
                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                       IdentifierInfo *&II);
 
  /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z
  /// deduction-guide declaration.
  bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name,
                            SourceLocation NameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                            ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr);
 
  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
                                   SourceLocation IILoc, Scope *S,
                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
 
  /// Determine whether we would be unable to instantiate this template (because
  /// it either has no definition, or is in the process of being instantiated).
  bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(
      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, NamedDecl *Instantiation,
      bool InstantiatedFromMember, const NamedDecl *Pattern,
      const NamedDecl *PatternDef, TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
      bool Complain = true, bool *Unreachable = nullptr);
 
  /// DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow - Produce a diagnostic complaining
  /// that the template parameter 'PrevDecl' is being shadowed by a new
  /// declaration at location Loc. Returns true to indicate that this is
  /// an error, and false otherwise.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the declaration that shadows a template
  ///            parameter.
  ///
  /// \param PrevDecl The template parameter that the declaration shadows.
  ///
  /// \param SupportedForCompatibility Whether to issue the diagnostic as
  ///        a warning for compatibility with older versions of clang.
  ///        Ignored when MSVC compatibility is enabled.
  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl,
                                       bool SupportedForCompatibility = false);
 
  /// AdjustDeclIfTemplate - If the given decl happens to be a template, reset
  /// the parameter D to reference the templated declaration and return a
  /// pointer to the template declaration. Otherwise, do nothing to D and return
  /// null.
  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
 
  /// ActOnTypeParameter - Called when a C++ template type parameter
  /// (e.g., "typename T") has been parsed. Typename specifies whether
  /// the keyword "typename" was used to declare the type parameter
  /// (otherwise, "class" was used), and KeyLoc is the location of the
  /// "class" or "typename" keyword. ParamName is the name of the
  /// parameter (NULL indicates an unnamed template parameter) and
  /// ParamNameLoc is the location of the parameter name (if any).
  /// If the type parameter has a default argument, it will be added
  /// later via ActOnTypeParameterDefault.
  NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                SourceLocation KeyLoc,
                                IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
                                SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, unsigned Depth,
                                unsigned Position, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
                                ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint);
 
  bool CheckTypeConstraint(TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint);
 
  bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                           TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint,
                           TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
  bool BuildTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                           TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint,
                           TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                           bool AllowUnexpandedPack);
 
  /// Attach a type-constraint to a template parameter.
  /// \returns true if an error occurred. This can happen if the
  /// immediately-declared constraint could not be formed (e.g. incorrect number
  /// of arguments for the named concept).
  bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS,
                            DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
                            TemplateName NamedConcept, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
                            TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter,
                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL,
                            NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NewConstrainedParm,
                            NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *OrigConstrainedParm,
                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Require the given type to be a structural type, and diagnose if it is not.
  ///
  /// \return \c true if an error was produced.
  bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Check that the type of a non-type template parameter is
  /// well-formed.
  ///
  /// \returns the (possibly-promoted) parameter type if valid;
  /// otherwise, produces a diagnostic and returns a NULL type.
  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI,
                                             SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
                                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
                                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
                                           Expr *DefaultArg);
 
  /// ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter - Called when a C++ template template
  /// parameter (e.g. T in template <template <typename> class T> class array)
  /// has been parsed. S is the current scope.
  NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(
      Scope *S, SourceLocation TmpLoc, TemplateNameKind Kind,
      bool TypenameKeyword, TemplateParameterList *Params,
      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
      SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
      SourceLocation EqualLoc, ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
 
  /// ActOnTemplateParameterList - Builds a TemplateParameterList, optionally
  /// constrained by RequiresClause, that contains the template parameters in
  /// Params.
  TemplateParameterList *ActOnTemplateParameterList(
      unsigned Depth, SourceLocation ExportLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
      SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params,
      SourceLocation RAngleLoc, Expr *RequiresClause);
 
  /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
  enum TemplateParamListContext {
    // For this context, Class, Variable, TypeAlias, and non-pack Template
    // Template Parameters are treated uniformly.
    TPC_Other,
 
    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
    TPC_TemplateTemplateParameterPack,
  };
 
  /// Checks the validity of a template parameter list, possibly
  /// considering the template parameter list from a previous
  /// declaration.
  ///
  /// If an "old" template parameter list is provided, it must be
  /// equivalent (per TemplateParameterListsAreEqual) to the "new"
  /// template parameter list.
  ///
  /// \param NewParams Template parameter list for a new template
  /// declaration. This template parameter list will be updated with any
  /// default arguments that are carried through from the previous
  /// template parameter list.
  ///
  /// \param OldParams If provided, template parameter list from a
  /// previous declaration of the same template. Default template
  /// arguments will be merged from the old template parameter list to
  /// the new template parameter list.
  ///
  /// \param TPC Describes the context in which we are checking the given
  /// template parameter list.
  ///
  /// \param SkipBody If we might have already made a prior merged definition
  /// of this template visible, the corresponding body-skipping information.
  /// Default argument redefinition is not an error when skipping such a body,
  /// because (under the ODR) we can assume the default arguments are the same
  /// as the prior merged definition.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC,
                                  SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
 
  /// Match the given template parameter lists to the given scope
  /// specifier, returning the template parameter list that applies to the
  /// name.
  ///
  /// \param DeclStartLoc the start of the declaration that has a scope
  /// specifier or a template parameter list.
  ///
  /// \param DeclLoc The location of the declaration itself.
  ///
  /// \param SS the scope specifier that will be matched to the given template
  /// parameter lists. This scope specifier precedes a qualified name that is
  /// being declared.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateId The template-id following the scope specifier, if there
  /// is one. Used to check for a missing 'template<>'.
  ///
  /// \param ParamLists the template parameter lists, from the outermost to the
  /// innermost template parameter lists.
  ///
  /// \param IsFriend Whether to apply the slightly different rules for
  /// matching template parameters to scope specifiers in friend
  /// declarations.
  ///
  /// \param IsMemberSpecialization will be set true if the scope specifier
  /// denotes a fully-specialized type, and therefore this is a declaration of
  /// a member specialization.
  ///
  /// \returns the template parameter list, if any, that corresponds to the
  /// name that is preceded by the scope specifier @p SS. This template
  /// parameter list may have template parameters (if we're declaring a
  /// template) or may have no template parameters (if we're declaring a
  /// template specialization), or may be NULL (if what we're declaring isn't
  /// itself a template).
  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
      ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, bool IsFriend,
      bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid,
      bool SuppressDiagnostic = false);
 
  /// Returns the template parameter list with all default template argument
  /// information.
  TemplateParameterList *GetTemplateParameterList(TemplateDecl *TD);
 
  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(
      Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
      CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
      const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
      AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
      SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
      TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
      bool IsMemberSpecialization, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
 
  /// Translates template arguments as provided by the parser
  /// into template arguments used by semantic analysis.
  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
 
  /// Convert a parsed type into a parsed template argument. This is mostly
  /// trivial, except that we may have parsed a C++17 deduced class template
  /// specialization type, in which case we should form a template template
  /// argument instead of a type template argument.
  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType);
 
  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
 
  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                               TemplateName Template,
                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
                               Scope *Scope, bool ForNestedNameSpecifier);
 
  TypeResult
  ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, ElaboratedTypeKeyword ElaboratedKeyword,
                      SourceLocation ElaboratedKeywordLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateTy Template,
                      const IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
                      SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false,
                      ImplicitTypenameContext AllowImplicitTypename =
                          ImplicitTypenameContext::No);
 
  /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(
      TagUseKind TUK, TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
      CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateTy TemplateD,
      SourceLocation TemplateLoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
 
  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
      Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, LookupResult &Previous,
      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
 
  /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to
  /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments
  /// are dependent.
  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
                                bool SetWrittenArgs);
 
  /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template
  /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result
  /// if the arguments are dependent.
  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                                VarTemplateDecl *Template, NamedDecl *FoundD,
                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
 
  ExprResult CheckVarOrConceptTemplateTemplateId(
      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, TemplateName Template,
      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
 
  ExprResult
  CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                         const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo,
                         NamedDecl *FoundDecl, TemplateDecl *NamedConcept,
                         const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
                         bool DoCheckConstraintSatisfaction = true);
 
  void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc);
  void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                        bool TemplateKeyword, TemplateDecl *TD,
                                        SourceLocation Loc);
 
  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R,
                                 bool RequiresADL,
                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
 
  // We actually only call this from template instantiation.
  ExprResult
  BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
 
  UnsignedOrNone getPackIndex(TemplateArgument Pack) const {
    return Pack.pack_size() - 1 - *ArgPackSubstIndex;
  }
 
  TemplateArgument
  getPackSubstitutedTemplateArgument(TemplateArgument Arg) const {
    Arg = Arg.pack_elements()[*ArgPackSubstIndex];
    if (Arg.isPackExpansion())
      Arg = Arg.getPackExpansionPattern();
    return Arg;
  }
 
  ExprResult
  BuildSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(Decl *AssociatedDecl, unsigned Index,
                                    QualType ParamType, SourceLocation loc,
                                    TemplateArgument Replacement,
                                    UnsignedOrNone PackIndex, bool Final);
 
  /// Form a template name from a name that is syntactically required to name a
  /// template, either due to use of the 'template' keyword or because a name in
  /// this syntactic context is assumed to name a template (C++
  /// [temp.names]p2-4).
  ///
  /// This action forms a template name given the name of the template and its
  /// optional scope specifier. This is used when the 'template' keyword is used
  /// or when the parsing context unambiguously treats a following '<' as
  /// introducing a template argument list. Note that this may produce a
  /// non-dependent template name if we can perform the lookup now and identify
  /// the named template.
  ///
  /// For example, given "x.MetaFun::template apply", the scope specifier
  /// \p SS will be "MetaFun::", \p TemplateKWLoc contains the location
  /// of the "template" keyword, and "apply" is the \p Name.
  TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                                     const UnqualifiedId &Name,
                                     ParsedType ObjectType,
                                     bool EnteringContext, TemplateTy &Template,
                                     bool AllowInjectedClassName = false);
 
  DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(
      Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc,
      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
      TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr,
      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
 
  /// Check the non-type template arguments of a class template
  /// partial specialization according to C++ [temp.class.spec]p9.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateNameLoc the location of the template name.
  /// \param PrimaryTemplate the template parameters of the primary class
  ///        template.
  /// \param NumExplicit the number of explicitly-specified template arguments.
  /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments of the class template
  ///        partial specialization.
  ///
  /// \returns \c true if there was an error, \c false otherwise.
  bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
                                              TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate,
                                              unsigned NumExplicitArgs,
                                              ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
  void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
      ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
  void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization(
      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial);
 
  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
                                Declarator &D);
 
  /// Diagnose cases where we have an explicit template specialization
  /// before/after an explicit template instantiation, producing diagnostics
  /// for those cases where they are required and determining whether the
  /// new specialization/instantiation will have any effect.
  ///
  /// \param NewLoc the location of the new explicit specialization or
  /// instantiation.
  ///
  /// \param NewTSK the kind of the new explicit specialization or
  /// instantiation.
  ///
  /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration of the entity.
  ///
  /// \param PrevTSK the kind of the old explicit specialization or
  /// instantiatin.
  ///
  /// \param PrevPointOfInstantiation if valid, indicates where the previous
  /// declaration was instantiated (either implicitly or explicitly).
  ///
  /// \param HasNoEffect will be set to true to indicate that the new
  /// specialization or instantiation has no effect and should be ignored.
  ///
  /// \returns true if there was an error that should prevent the introduction
  /// of the new declaration into the AST, false otherwise.
  bool CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(
      SourceLocation NewLoc,
      TemplateSpecializationKind ActOnExplicitInstantiationNewTSK,
      NamedDecl *PrevDecl, TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
      SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, bool &SuppressNew);
 
  /// Perform semantic analysis for the given dependent function
  /// template specialization.
  ///
  /// The only possible way to get a dependent function template specialization
  /// is with a friend declaration, like so:
  ///
  /// \code
  ///   template <class T> void foo(T);
  ///   template <class T> class A {
  ///     friend void foo<>(T);
  ///   };
  /// \endcode
  ///
  /// There really isn't any useful analysis we can do here, so we
  /// just store the information.
  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
      FunctionDecl *FD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
      LookupResult &Previous);
 
  /// Perform semantic analysis for the given function template
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// This routine performs all of the semantic analysis required for an
  /// explicit function template specialization. On successful completion,
  /// the function declaration \p FD will become a function template
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// \param FD the function declaration, which will be updated to become a
  /// function template specialization.
  ///
  /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-provided template arguments,
  /// if any. Note that this may be valid info even when 0 arguments are
  /// explicitly provided as in, e.g., \c void sort<>(char*, char*);
  /// as it anyway contains info on the angle brackets locations.
  ///
  /// \param Previous the set of declarations that may be specialized by
  /// this function specialization.
  ///
  /// \param QualifiedFriend whether this is a lookup for a qualified friend
  /// declaration with no explicit template argument list that might be
  /// befriending a function template specialization.
  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
      FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
      LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false);
 
  /// Perform semantic analysis for the given non-template member
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// This routine performs all of the semantic analysis required for an
  /// explicit member function specialization. On successful completion,
  /// the function declaration \p FD will become a member function
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// \param Member the member declaration, which will be updated to become a
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// \param Previous the set of declarations, one of which may be specialized
  /// by this function specialization;  the set will be modified to contain the
  /// redeclared member.
  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
  void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
 
  // Explicit instantiation of a class template specialization
  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(
      Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
      unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
      SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
      SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
 
  // Explicit instantiation of a member class of a class template.
  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                                        unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                        SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attr);
 
  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                                        Declarator &D);
 
  /// If the given template parameter has a default template
  /// argument, substitute into that default template argument and
  /// return the corresponding template argument.
  TemplateArgumentLoc SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(
      TemplateDecl *Template, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
      SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, SourceLocation RAngleLoc, Decl *Param,
      ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> SugaredConverted,
      ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> CanonicalConverted, bool &HasDefaultArg);
 
  /// Returns the top most location responsible for the definition of \p N.
  /// If \p N is a a template specialization, this is the location
  /// of the top of the instantiation stack.
  /// Otherwise, the location of \p N is returned.
  SourceLocation getTopMostPointOfInstantiation(const NamedDecl *) const;
 
  /// Specifies the context in which a particular template
  /// argument is being checked.
  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
    /// The template argument was specified in the code or was
    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
    CTAK_Specified,
 
    /// The template argument was deduced via template argument
    /// deduction.
    CTAK_Deduced,
 
    /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound
    /// via template argument deduction.
    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
  };
 
  struct CheckTemplateArgumentInfo {
    explicit CheckTemplateArgumentInfo(bool PartialOrdering = false,
                                       bool MatchingTTP = false)
        : PartialOrdering(PartialOrdering), MatchingTTP(MatchingTTP) {}
    CheckTemplateArgumentInfo(const CheckTemplateArgumentInfo &) = delete;
    CheckTemplateArgumentInfo &
    operator=(const CheckTemplateArgumentInfo &) = delete;
 
    /// The checked, converted argument will be added to the
    /// end of these vectors.
    SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> SugaredConverted, CanonicalConverted;
 
    /// The check is being performed in the context of partial ordering.
    bool PartialOrdering;
 
    /// If true, assume these template arguments are
    /// the injected template arguments for a template template parameter.
    /// This will relax the requirement that all its possible uses are valid:
    /// TTP checking is loose, and assumes that invalid uses will be diagnosed
    /// during instantiation.
    bool MatchingTTP;
 
    /// Is set to true when, in the context of TTP matching, a pack parameter
    /// matches non-pack arguments.
    bool StrictPackMatch = false;
  };
 
  /// Check that the given template argument corresponds to the given
  /// template parameter.
  ///
  /// \param Param The template parameter against which the argument will be
  /// checked.
  ///
  /// \param Arg The template argument, which may be updated due to conversions.
  ///
  /// \param Template The template in which the template argument resides.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name for the template
  /// whose argument list we're matching.
  ///
  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the right angle bracket ('>') that closes
  /// the template argument list.
  ///
  /// \param ArgumentPackIndex The index into the argument pack where this
  /// argument will be placed. Only valid if the parameter is a parameter pack.
  ///
  /// \param CTAK Describes how we arrived at this particular template argument:
  /// explicitly written, deduced, etc.
  ///
  /// \returns true on error, false otherwise.
  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
                             NamedDecl *Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
                             CheckTemplateArgumentInfo &CTAI,
                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK);
 
  /// Check that the given template arguments can be provided to
  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
  ///
  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
  /// provided.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
  /// set of template arguments.
  ///
  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to
  /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written.
  /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified.
  ///
  /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occurred, will
  /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of
  /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments.
  ///
  /// \param DefaultArgs any default arguments from template specialization
  /// deduction.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
                                 const DefaultArguments &DefaultArgs,
                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
                                 CheckTemplateArgumentInfo &CTAI,
                                 bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true,
                                 bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr);
 
  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(
      TemplateDecl *Template, TemplateParameterList *Params,
      SourceLocation TemplateLoc, TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
      const DefaultArguments &DefaultArgs, bool PartialTemplateArgs,
      CheckTemplateArgumentInfo &CTAI, bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true,
      bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr);
 
  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(
      TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &SugaredConverted,
      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &CanonicalConverted);
 
  /// Check a template argument against its corresponding
  /// template type parameter.
  ///
  /// This routine implements the semantics of C++ [temp.arg.type]. It
  /// returns true if an error occurred, and false otherwise.
  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
 
  /// Check a template argument against its corresponding
  /// non-type template parameter.
  ///
  /// This routine implements the semantics of C++ [temp.arg.nontype].
  /// If an error occurred, it returns ExprError(); otherwise, it
  /// returns the converted template argument. \p ParamType is the
  /// type of the non-type template parameter after it has been instantiated.
  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
                                   TemplateArgument &SugaredConverted,
                                   TemplateArgument &CanonicalConverted,
                                   bool StrictCheck,
                                   CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK);
 
  /// Check a template argument against its corresponding
  /// template template parameter.
  ///
  /// This routine implements the semantics of C++ [temp.arg.template].
  /// It returns true if an error occurred, and false otherwise.
  bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
                                     TemplateParameterList *Params,
                                     TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
                                     bool PartialOrdering,
                                     bool *StrictPackMatch);
 
  bool CheckDeclCompatibleWithTemplateTemplate(TemplateDecl *Template,
                                               TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
                                               const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg);
 
  void NoteTemplateLocation(const NamedDecl &Decl,
                            std::optional<SourceRange> ParamRange = {});
  void NoteTemplateParameterLocation(const NamedDecl &Decl);
 
  /// Given a non-type template argument that refers to a
  /// declaration and the type of its corresponding non-type template
  /// parameter, produce an expression that properly refers to that
  /// declaration.
  /// FIXME: This is used in some contexts where the resulting expression
  /// doesn't need to live too long. It would be useful if this function
  /// could return a temporary expression.
  ExprResult BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(
      const TemplateArgument &Arg, QualType ParamType, SourceLocation Loc);
  ExprResult
  BuildExpressionFromNonTypeTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
                                             SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
  /// for equality.
  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
    /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
    /// that might be redeclarations.
    ///
    /// \code
    /// template<typename T> struct X;
    /// template<typename T> struct X;
    /// \endcode
    TPL_TemplateMatch,
 
    /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
    ///
    /// \code
    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
    /// \endcode
    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
 
    /// We are determining whether the template-parameters are equivalent
    /// according to C++ [temp.over.link]/6. This comparison does not consider
    /// constraints.
    ///
    /// \code
    /// template<C1 T> void f(T);
    /// template<C2 T> void f(T);
    /// \endcode
    TPL_TemplateParamsEquivalent,
  };
 
  // A struct to represent the 'new' declaration, which is either itself just
  // the named decl, or the important information we need about it in order to
  // do constraint comparisons.
  class TemplateCompareNewDeclInfo {
    const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
    const DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
    const DeclContext *LexicalDC = nullptr;
    SourceLocation Loc;
 
  public:
    TemplateCompareNewDeclInfo(const NamedDecl *ND) : ND(ND) {}
    TemplateCompareNewDeclInfo(const DeclContext *DeclCtx,
                               const DeclContext *LexicalDeclCtx,
                               SourceLocation Loc)
 
        : DC(DeclCtx), LexicalDC(LexicalDeclCtx), Loc(Loc) {
      assert(DC && LexicalDC &&
             "Constructor only for cases where we have the information to put "
             "in here");
    }
 
    // If this was constructed with no information, we cannot do substitution
    // for constraint comparison, so make sure we can check that.
    bool isInvalid() const { return !ND && !DC; }
 
    const NamedDecl *getDecl() const { return ND; }
 
    bool ContainsDecl(const NamedDecl *ND) const { return this->ND == ND; }
 
    const DeclContext *getLexicalDeclContext() const {
      return ND ? ND->getLexicalDeclContext() : LexicalDC;
    }
 
    const DeclContext *getDeclContext() const {
      return ND ? ND->getDeclContext() : DC;
    }
 
    SourceLocation getLocation() const { return ND ? ND->getLocation() : Loc; }
  };
 
  /// Determine whether the given template parameter lists are
  /// equivalent.
  ///
  /// \param New  The new template parameter list, typically written in the
  /// source code as part of a new template declaration.
  ///
  /// \param Old  The old template parameter list, typically found via
  /// name lookup of the template declared with this template parameter
  /// list.
  ///
  /// \param Complain  If true, this routine will produce a diagnostic if
  /// the template parameter lists are not equivalent.
  ///
  /// \param Kind describes how we are to match the template parameter lists.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateArgLoc If this source location is valid, then we
  /// are actually checking the template parameter list of a template
  /// argument (New) against the template parameter list of its
  /// corresponding template template parameter (Old). We produce
  /// slightly different diagnostics in this scenario.
  ///
  /// \returns True if the template parameter lists are equal, false
  /// otherwise.
  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
      const TemplateCompareNewDeclInfo &NewInstFrom, TemplateParameterList *New,
      const NamedDecl *OldInstFrom, TemplateParameterList *Old, bool Complain,
      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc = SourceLocation());
 
  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
      TemplateParameterList *New, TemplateParameterList *Old, bool Complain,
      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc = SourceLocation()) {
    return TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(nullptr, New, nullptr, Old, Complain,
                                          Kind, TemplateArgLoc);
  }
 
  /// Check whether a template can be declared within this scope.
  ///
  /// If the template declaration is valid in this scope, returns
  /// false. Otherwise, issues a diagnostic and returns true.
  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
 
  /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
  ///
  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
  /// \param IsImplicitTypename context where T::type refers to a type.
  TypeResult ActOnTypenameType(
      Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
      const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
      ImplicitTypenameContext IsImplicitTypename = ImplicitTypenameContext::No);
 
  /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
  ///
  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
  /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template.
  /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name.
  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
  TypeResult
  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                    TemplateTy TemplateName, const IdentifierInfo *TemplateII,
                    SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
 
  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
                             const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation IILoc,
                             TypeSourceInfo **TSI, bool DeducedTSTContext);
 
  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
                             const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation IILoc,
                             bool DeducedTSTContext = true);
 
  /// Rebuilds a type within the context of the current instantiation.
  ///
  /// The type \p T is part of the type of an out-of-line member definition of
  /// a class template (or class template partial specialization) that was
  /// parsed and constructed before we entered the scope of the class template
  /// (or partial specialization thereof). This routine will rebuild that type
  /// now that we have entered the declarator's scope, which may produce
  /// different canonical types, e.g.,
  ///
  /// \code
  /// template<typename T>
  /// struct X {
  ///   typedef T* pointer;
  ///   pointer data();
  /// };
  ///
  /// template<typename T>
  /// typename X<T>::pointer X<T>::data() { ... }
  /// \endcode
  ///
  /// Here, the type "typename X<T>::pointer" will be created as a
  /// DependentNameType, since we do not know that we can look into X<T> when we
  /// parsed the type. This function will rebuild the type, performing the
  /// lookup of "pointer" in X<T> and returning an ElaboratedType whose
  /// canonical type is the same as the canonical type of T*, allowing the
  /// return types of the out-of-line definition and the declaration to match.
  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
                                                    DeclarationName Name);
  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
 
  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
 
  /// Rebuild the template parameters now that we know we're in a current
  /// instantiation.
  bool
  RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParameterList *Params);
 
  /// Produces a formatted string that describes the binding of
  /// template parameters to template arguments.
  std::string
  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
 
  std::string
  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
                                  unsigned NumArgs);
 
  void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName,
                                          SourceLocation Less,
                                          SourceLocation Greater);
 
  /// ActOnDependentIdExpression - Handle a dependent id-expression that
  /// was just parsed.  This is only possible with an explicit scope
  /// specifier naming a dependent type.
  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(
      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool isAddressOfOperand,
      const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
 
  ExprResult
  BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
 
  // Calculates whether the expression Constraint depends on an enclosing
  // template, for the purposes of [temp.friend] p9.
  // TemplateDepth is the 'depth' of the friend function, which is used to
  // compare whether a declaration reference is referring to a containing
  // template, or just the current friend function. A 'lower' TemplateDepth in
  // the AST refers to a 'containing' template. As the constraint is
  // uninstantiated, this is relative to the 'top' of the TU.
  bool
  ConstraintExpressionDependsOnEnclosingTemplate(const FunctionDecl *Friend,
                                                 unsigned TemplateDepth,
                                                 const Expr *Constraint);
 
  /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean
  /// constant expression, and describe it with a string.
  std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond);
 
  void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD);
 
  ConceptDecl *ActOnStartConceptDefinition(
      Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
      const IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc);
 
  ConceptDecl *ActOnFinishConceptDefinition(Scope *S, ConceptDecl *C,
                                            Expr *ConstraintExpr,
                                            const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs);
 
  void CheckConceptRedefinition(ConceptDecl *NewDecl, LookupResult &Previous,
                                bool &AddToScope);
  bool CheckConceptUseInDefinition(NamedDecl *Concept, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                               SourceLocation TagLoc, SourceLocation NameLoc);
 
  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
                                CachedTokens &Toks);
  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
 
  /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
  /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
  /// and partial specializations are visible/reachable, and diagnose if not.
  void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
  void checkSpecializationReachability(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Template Argument Deduction
  /// Implementations are in SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  class SFINAETrap;
 
  struct SFINAEContextBase {
    SFINAEContextBase(Sema &S, SFINAETrap *Cur)
        : S(S), Prev(std::exchange(S.CurrentSFINAEContext, Cur)) {}
 
  protected:
    Sema &S;
    ~SFINAEContextBase() { S.CurrentSFINAEContext = Prev; }
    SFINAEContextBase(const SFINAEContextBase &) = delete;
    SFINAEContextBase &operator=(const SFINAEContextBase &) = delete;
 
  private:
    SFINAETrap *Prev;
  };
 
  struct NonSFINAEContext : SFINAEContextBase {
    NonSFINAEContext(Sema &S) : SFINAEContextBase(S, nullptr) {}
  };
 
  /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
  /// deduction.
  class SFINAETrap : SFINAEContextBase {
    bool HasErrorOcurred = false;
    bool WithAccessChecking = false;
    bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored =
        S.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored();
    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr;
 
    SFINAETrap(Sema &S, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *Info,
               bool WithAccessChecking)
        : SFINAEContextBase(S, this), WithAccessChecking(WithAccessChecking),
          DeductionInfo(Info) {}
 
  public:
    /// \param WithAccessChecking If true, discard all diagnostics (from the
    /// immediate context) instead of adding them to the currently active
    /// \ref TemplateDeductionInfo.
    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &S, bool WithAccessChecking = false)
        : SFINAETrap(S, /*Info=*/nullptr, WithAccessChecking) {}
 
    SFINAETrap(Sema &S, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info)
        : SFINAETrap(S, &Info, /*WithAccessChecking=*/false) {}
 
    ~SFINAETrap() {
      S.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored(PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored);
    }
 
    SFINAETrap(const SFINAETrap &) = delete;
    SFINAETrap &operator=(const SFINAETrap &) = delete;
 
    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *getDeductionInfo() const {
      return DeductionInfo;
    }
 
    /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
    bool hasErrorOccurred() const { return HasErrorOcurred; }
    void setErrorOccurred() { HasErrorOcurred = true; }
 
    bool withAccessChecking() const { return WithAccessChecking; }
  };
 
  /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
  /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
  /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
  /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
  class TentativeAnalysisScope {
    Sema &SemaRef;
    // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
    SFINAETrap Trap;
    bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
 
  public:
    explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
        : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, /*ForValidityCheck=*/true),
          PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
    }
    ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
    }
 
    TentativeAnalysisScope(const TentativeAnalysisScope &) = delete;
    TentativeAnalysisScope &operator=(const TentativeAnalysisScope &) = delete;
  };
 
  /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
  /// deduction.
  ///
  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1>>
      SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
 
  /// Compare types for equality with respect to possibly compatible
  /// function types (noreturn adjustment, implicit calling conventions). If any
  /// of parameter and argument is not a function, just perform type comparison.
  ///
  /// \param P the template parameter type.
  ///
  /// \param A the argument type.
  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(QualType Param, QualType Arg);
 
  /// Allocate a TemplateArgumentLoc where all locations have
  /// been initialized to the given location.
  ///
  /// \param Arg The template argument we are producing template argument
  /// location information for.
  ///
  /// \param NTTPType For a declaration template argument, the type of
  /// the non-type template parameter that corresponds to this template
  /// argument. Can be null if no type sugar is available to add to the
  /// type from the template argument.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The source location to use for the resulting template
  /// argument.
  TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
                                                    QualType NTTPType,
                                                    SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself,
  /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template
  /// argument referencing X.
  TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param,
                                                     SourceLocation Location);
 
  /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention,
  /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType.
  /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function
  /// types.
  QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType,
                               bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false);
 
  TemplateDeductionResult
  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  TemplateDeductionResult
  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  /// Deduce the template arguments of the given template from \p FromType.
  /// Used to implement the IsDeducible constraint for alias CTAD per C++
  /// [over.match.class.deduct]p4.
  ///
  /// It only supports class or type alias templates.
  TemplateDeductionResult
  DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromType(TemplateDecl *TD, QualType FromType,
                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
      TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Ps,
      ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> As, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
      bool NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch);
 
  /// Substitute the explicitly-provided template arguments into the
  /// given function template according to C++ [temp.arg.explicit].
  ///
  /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template into which the explicit
  /// template arguments will be substituted.
  ///
  /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-specified template
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// \param Deduced the deduced template arguments, which will be populated
  /// with the converted and checked explicit template arguments.
  ///
  /// \param ParamTypes will be populated with the instantiated function
  /// parameters.
  ///
  /// \param FunctionType if non-NULL, the result type of the function template
  /// will also be instantiated and the pointed-to value will be updated with
  /// the instantiated function type.
  ///
  /// \param Info if substitution fails for any reason, this object will be
  /// populated with more information about the failure.
  ///
  /// \returns TemplateDeductionResult::Success if substitution was successful,
  /// or some failure condition.
  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
  // deduction for a call.
  struct OriginalCallArg {
    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam,
                    unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType)
        : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType),
          DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
          OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {}
 
    QualType OriginalParamType;
    bool DecomposedParam;
    unsigned ArgIdx;
    QualType OriginalArgType;
  };
 
  /// Finish template argument deduction for a function template,
  /// checking the deduced template arguments for completeness and forming
  /// the function template specialization.
  ///
  /// \param OriginalCallArgs If non-NULL, the original call arguments against
  /// which the deduced argument types should be compared.
  /// \param CheckNonDependent Callback before substituting into the declaration
  /// with the deduced template arguments.
  /// \param OnlyInitializeNonUserDefinedConversions is used as a workaround for
  /// some breakages introduced by CWG2369, where non-user-defined conversions
  /// are checked first before the constraints.
  TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
      unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
      SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs,
      bool PartialOverloading, bool PartialOrdering,
      bool ForOverloadSetAddressResolution,
      llvm::function_ref<bool(bool)> CheckNonDependent =
          [](bool /*OnlyInitializeNonUserDefinedConversions*/) {
            return false;
          });
 
  /// Perform [temp.friend] p5 template argument deduction for a dependent
  /// friend declaration and a candidate class template specialization.
  bool DeduceTemplateArguments(FriendTemplateDecl *FTD,
                               ClassTemplateDecl *PatternCTD,
                               ClassTemplateDecl *CandidateCTD,
                               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLs,
                               ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> PatternArgs,
                               ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> CandidateArgs,
                               SourceLocation Loc,
                               TemplateSpecCandidateSet *FailedTSC,
                               MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &DeducedArgs);
 
  /// Perform template argument deduction from a function call
  /// (C++ [temp.deduct.call]).
  ///
  /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template for which we are performing
  /// template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicit template arguments provided
  /// for this call.
  ///
  /// \param Args the function call arguments
  ///
  /// \param Specialization if template argument deduction was successful,
  /// this will be set to the function template specialization produced by
  /// template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information
  /// about template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param CheckNonDependent A callback to invoke to check conversions for
  /// non-dependent parameters, between deduction and substitution, per DR1391.
  /// If this returns true, substitution will be skipped and we return
  /// TemplateDeductionResult::NonDependentConversionFailure. The callback is
  /// passed the parameter types (after substituting explicit template
  /// arguments).
  ///
  /// \returns the result of template argument deduction.
  TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
      FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
      bool PartialOverloading, bool AggregateDeductionCandidate,
      bool PartialOrdering, QualType ObjectType,
      Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
      bool ForOverloadSetAddressResolution,
      llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>, bool)> CheckNonDependent);
 
  /// Deduce template arguments when taking the address of a function
  /// template (C++ [temp.deduct.funcaddr]) or matching a specialization to
  /// a template.
  ///
  /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template for which we are performing
  /// template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-specified template
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// \param ArgFunctionType the function type that will be used as the
  /// "argument" type (A) when performing template argument deduction from the
  /// function template's function type. This type may be NULL, if there is no
  /// argument type to compare against, in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
  ///
  /// \param Specialization if template argument deduction was successful,
  /// this will be set to the function template specialization produced by
  /// template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information
  /// about template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param IsAddressOfFunction If \c true, we are deducing as part of taking
  /// the address of a function template per [temp.deduct.funcaddr] and
  /// [over.over]. If \c false, we are looking up a function template
  /// specialization based on its signature, per [temp.deduct.decl].
  ///
  /// \returns the result of template argument deduction.
  TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ArgFunctionType,
      FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
      bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
 
  /// Deduce template arguments for a templated conversion
  /// function (C++ [temp.deduct.conv]) and, if successful, produce a
  /// conversion function template specialization.
  TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, QualType ObjectType,
      Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, QualType ToType,
      CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  /// Deduce template arguments for a function template when there is
  /// nothing to deduce against (C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3).
  ///
  /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template for which we are performing
  /// template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-specified template
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// \param Specialization if template argument deduction was successful,
  /// this will be set to the function template specialization produced by
  /// template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information
  /// about template argument deduction.
  ///
  /// \param IsAddressOfFunction If \c true, we are deducing as part of taking
  /// the address of a function template in a context where we do not have a
  /// target type, per [over.over]. If \c false, we are looking up a function
  /// template specialization based on its signature, which only happens when
  /// deducing a function parameter type from an argument that is a template-id
  /// naming a function template specialization.
  ///
  /// \returns the result of template argument deduction.
  TemplateDeductionResult
  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
                          bool IsAddressOfFunction = false);
 
  /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
  /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
  TypeSourceInfo *SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
                                          QualType Replacement);
 
  // Substitute auto in TypeWithAuto for a Dependent auto type
  QualType SubstAutoTypeDependent(QualType TypeWithAuto);
 
  // Substitute auto in TypeWithAuto for a Dependent auto type
  TypeSourceInfo *
  SubstAutoTypeSourceInfoDependent(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto);
 
  /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by
  /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar.
  QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
  TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
                                            QualType Replacement);
 
  /// Deduce the type for an auto type-specifier (C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6)
  ///
  /// Note that this is done even if the initializer is dependent. (This is
  /// necessary to support partial ordering of templates using 'auto'.)
  /// A dependent type will be produced when deducing from a dependent type.
  ///
  /// \param Type the type pattern using the auto type-specifier.
  /// \param Init the initializer for the variable whose type is to be deduced.
  /// \param Result if type deduction was successful, this will be set to the
  ///        deduced type.
  /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information
  ///        about template argument deduction.
  /// \param DependentDeduction Set if we should permit deduction in
  ///        dependent cases. This is necessary for template partial ordering
  ///        with 'auto' template parameters. The template parameter depth to be
  ///        used should be specified in the 'Info' parameter.
  /// \param IgnoreConstraints Set if we should not fail if the deduced type
  ///                          does not satisfy the type-constraint in the auto
  ///                          type.
  TemplateDeductionResult
  DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *Initializer, QualType &Result,
                 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
                 bool DependentDeduction = false,
                 bool IgnoreConstraints = false,
                 TemplateSpecCandidateSet *FailedTSC = nullptr);
  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(const VarDecl *VDecl, const Expr *Init);
  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
                        bool Diagnose = true);
 
  bool CheckIfFunctionSpecializationIsImmediate(FunctionDecl *FD,
                                                SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Returns the more specialized class template partial specialization
  /// according to the rules of partial ordering of class template partial
  /// specializations (C++ [temp.class.order]).
  ///
  /// \param PS1 the first class template partial specialization
  ///
  /// \param PS2 the second class template partial specialization
  ///
  /// \returns the more specialized class template partial specialization. If
  /// neither partial specialization is more specialized, returns NULL.
  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
      ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
      ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
                                    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T,
                                    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
  bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(
      TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *PArg, TemplateDecl *AArg,
      const DefaultArguments &DefaultArgs, SourceLocation ArgLoc,
      bool PartialOrdering, bool *StrictPackMatch);
 
  /// Mark which template parameters are used in a given expression.
  ///
  /// \param E the expression from which template parameters will be deduced.
  ///
  /// \param Used a bit vector whose elements will be set to \c true
  /// to indicate when the corresponding template parameter will be
  /// deduced.
  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced,
                                  unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
 
  /// Mark which template parameters are named in a given expression.
  ///
  /// Unlike MarkUsedTemplateParameters, this excludes parameter that
  /// are used but not directly named by an expression - i.e. it excludes
  /// any template parameter that denotes the type of a referenced NTTP.
  ///
  /// \param Used a bit vector whose elements will be set to \c true
  /// to indicate when the corresponding template parameter will be
  /// deduced.
  void MarkUsedTemplateParametersForSubsumptionParameterMapping(
      const Expr *E, unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
 
  /// Mark which template parameters can be deduced from a given
  /// template argument list.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateArgs the template argument list from which template
  /// parameters will be deduced.
  ///
  /// \param Used a bit vector whose elements will be set to \c true
  /// to indicate when the corresponding template parameter will be
  /// deduced.
  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                                  bool OnlyDeduced, unsigned Depth,
                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
 
  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                                  bool OnlyDeduced, unsigned Depth,
                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
 
  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> TemplateArgs,
                                  unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
 
  void
  MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                                llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
  }
 
  /// Marks all of the template parameters that will be deduced by a
  /// call to the given function template.
  static void
  MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                                llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
 
  /// Returns the more specialized function template according
  /// to the rules of function template partial ordering (C++
  /// [temp.func.order]).
  ///
  /// \param FT1 the first function template
  ///
  /// \param FT2 the second function template
  ///
  /// \param TPOC the context in which we are performing partial ordering of
  /// function templates.
  ///
  /// \param NumCallArguments1 The number of arguments in the call to FT1, used
  /// only when \c TPOC is \c TPOC_Call. Does not include the object argument
  /// when calling a member function.
  ///
  /// \param RawObj1Ty The type of the object parameter of FT1 if a member
  /// function only used if \c TPOC is \c TPOC_Call and FT1 is a Function
  /// template from a member function
  ///
  /// \param RawObj2Ty The type of the object parameter of FT2 if a member
  /// function only used if \c TPOC is \c TPOC_Call and FT2 is a Function
  /// template from a member function
  ///
  /// \param Reversed If \c true, exactly one of FT1 and FT2 is an overload
  /// candidate with a reversed parameter order. In this case, the corresponding
  /// P/A pairs between FT1 and FT2 are reversed.
  ///
  /// \returns the more specialized function template. If neither
  /// template is more specialized, returns NULL.
  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc,
      TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1,
      QualType RawObj1Ty = {}, QualType RawObj2Ty = {}, bool Reversed = false,
      bool PartialOverloading = false);
 
  /// Retrieve the most specialized of the given function template
  /// specializations.
  ///
  /// \param SpecBegin the start iterator of the function template
  /// specializations that we will be comparing.
  ///
  /// \param SpecEnd the end iterator of the function template
  /// specializations, paired with \p SpecBegin.
  ///
  /// \param Loc the location where the ambiguity or no-specializations
  /// diagnostic should occur.
  ///
  /// \param NoneDiag partial diagnostic used to diagnose cases where there are
  /// no matching candidates.
  ///
  /// \param AmbigDiag partial diagnostic used to diagnose an ambiguity, if one
  /// occurs.
  ///
  /// \param CandidateDiag partial diagnostic used for each function template
  /// specialization that is a candidate in the ambiguous ordering. One
  /// parameter in this diagnostic should be unbound, which will correspond to
  /// the string describing the template arguments for the function template
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// \returns the most specialized function template specialization, if
  /// found. Otherwise, returns SpecEnd.
  UnresolvedSetIterator
  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
                     SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
 
  /// Returns the more constrained function according to the rules of
  /// partial ordering by constraints (C++ [temp.constr.order]).
  ///
  /// \param FD1 the first function
  ///
  /// \param FD2 the second function
  ///
  /// \returns the more constrained function. If neither function is
  /// more constrained, returns NULL.
  FunctionDecl *getMoreConstrainedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD1,
                                           FunctionDecl *FD2);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Template Deduction Guide
  /// Implementations are in SemaTemplateDeductionGuide.cpp
  ///@{
 
  /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've
  /// not already done so.
  void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template,
                                      SourceLocation Loc);
 
  CXXDeductionGuideDecl *DeclareAggregateDeductionGuideFromInitList(
      TemplateDecl *Template, MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
      SourceLocation Loc);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Template Instantiation
  /// Implementations are in SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
  class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
    SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
    bool HasInteresting = false;
 
  public:
    /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
    ///
    void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
      assert(Infos.size() <= index);
      Infos.resize(index);
      Infos.push_back(info);
 
      if (!HasInteresting)
        HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
    }
 
    /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
    /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
    const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
    getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
      if (!HasInteresting)
        return nullptr;
      Infos.resize(numParams);
      return Infos.data();
    }
  };
 
  /// The current instantiation scope used to store local
  /// variables.
  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
 
  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
      UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
 
  /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
  ///
  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
 
  using InstantiatingSpecializationsKey = llvm::PointerIntPair<Decl *, 2>;
 
  struct RecursiveInstGuard {
    enum class Kind {
      Template,
      DefaultArgument,
      ExceptionSpec,
    };
 
    RecursiveInstGuard(Sema &S, Decl *D, Kind Kind)
        : S(S), Key(D->getCanonicalDecl(), unsigned(Kind)) {
      auto [_, Created] = S.InstantiatingSpecializations.insert(Key);
      if (!Created)
        Key = {};
    }
 
    ~RecursiveInstGuard() {
      if (Key.getOpaqueValue()) {
        [[maybe_unused]] bool Erased =
            S.InstantiatingSpecializations.erase(Key);
        assert(Erased);
      }
    }
 
    RecursiveInstGuard(const RecursiveInstGuard &) = delete;
    RecursiveInstGuard &operator=(const RecursiveInstGuard &) = delete;
 
    operator bool() const { return Key.getOpaqueValue() == nullptr; }
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    Sema::InstantiatingSpecializationsKey Key;
  };
 
  /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location
  /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template
  /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions.
  struct CodeSynthesisContext {
    /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing
    enum SynthesisKind {
      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
      TemplateInstantiation,
 
      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
      /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
      /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
      /// specified.
      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
 
      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
 
      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
 
      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
      /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
      /// a TemplateDecl.
      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
 
      /// We are substituting into a lambda expression.
      LambdaExpressionSubstitution,
 
      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
 
      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
 
      /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special
      /// member function.
      ExceptionSpecEvaluation,
 
      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
      ExceptionSpecInstantiation,
 
      /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression.
      RequirementInstantiation,
 
      /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires
      /// expression.
      NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck,
 
      /// We are declaring an implicit special member function.
      DeclaringSpecialMember,
 
      /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted
      /// 'operator<=>'.
      DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison,
 
      /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special
      /// member).
      DefiningSynthesizedFunction,
 
      // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or
      // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that
      // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant
      // evaluated.
      ConstraintsCheck,
 
      // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression.
      ConstraintSubstitution,
 
      // Instantiating a Requires Expression parameter clause.
      RequirementParameterInstantiation,
 
      // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint
      // during normalization.
      ParameterMappingSubstitution,
 
      /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>.
      RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship,
 
      /// We are initializing a structured binding.
      InitializingStructuredBinding,
 
      /// We are marking a class as __dllexport.
      MarkingClassDllexported,
 
      /// We are building an implied call from __builtin_dump_struct. The
      /// arguments are in CallArgs.
      BuildingBuiltinDumpStructCall,
 
      /// Added for Template instantiation observation.
      /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because
      /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we
      /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated).
      Memoization,
 
      /// We are building deduction guides for a class.
      BuildingDeductionGuides,
 
      /// We are instantiating a type alias template declaration.
      TypeAliasTemplateInstantiation,
 
      /// We are performing partial ordering for template template parameters.
      PartialOrderingTTP,
 
      /// We are performing name lookup for a function template or variable
      /// template named 'sycl_kernel_launch'.
      SYCLKernelLaunchLookup,
 
      /// We are performing overload resolution for a call to a function
      /// template or variable template named 'sycl_kernel_launch'.
      SYCLKernelLaunchOverloadResolution,
 
      /// We are instantiating an expansion statement.
      ExpansionStmtInstantiation,
    } Kind;
 
    /// Whether we're substituting into constraints.
    bool InConstraintSubstitution;
 
    /// Whether we're substituting into the parameter mapping of a constraint.
    bool InParameterMappingSubstitution;
 
    /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code.
    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
 
    /// The entity that is being synthesized.
    Decl *Entity;
 
    /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
    /// arguments.
    NamedDecl *Template;
 
    union {
      /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
      /// are not part of the entity.
      const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
 
      /// The list of argument expressions in a synthesized call.
      const Expr *const *CallArgs;
    };
 
    // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the
    // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context.
    union {
      /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
      unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
 
      /// The number of expressions in CallArgs.
      unsigned NumCallArgs;
 
      /// The special member being declared or defined.
      CXXSpecialMemberKind SpecialMember;
    };
 
    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
      assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember);
      return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
    }
 
    /// The source range that covers the construct that cause
    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
    /// template instantiation.
    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
 
    CodeSynthesisContext()
        : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), InConstraintSubstitution(false),
          InParameterMappingSubstitution(false), Entity(nullptr),
          Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0) {}
 
    /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
  };
 
  /// A stack object to be created when performing template
  /// instantiation.
  ///
  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
  ///
  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
  /// the stack.
  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
    /// Note that we are instantiating a class template,
    /// function template, variable template, alias template,
    /// or a member thereof.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          Decl *Entity,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
    /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
    /// of a function template.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are instantiating a type alias template declaration.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          TypeAliasTemplateDecl *Entity,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
    /// template-id.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
    /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
    /// argument deduction for a class template declaration.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          TemplateDecl *Template,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
    /// specialization.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template
    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
    /// specialization.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
    /// parameter.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
    /// non-type parameter.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          NamedDecl *Template, NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
    /// template template parameter.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          NamedDecl *Template, TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    /// Note that we are checking the default template argument
    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          TemplateDecl *Template, NamedDecl *Param,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    struct ConstraintsCheck {};
    /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some
    /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated
    /// constraints).
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    struct ConstraintSubstitution {};
    /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated
    /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a
    /// concept.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {};
    /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an
    /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of
    /// a requirement of a requires expression.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          concepts::Requirement *Req,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// \brief Note that we are substituting the body of an expansion statement.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          CXXExpansionStmtPattern *ExpansionStmt,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TArgs,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint
    /// expression inside of a nested requirement.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// \brief Note that we are checking a requires clause.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          const RequiresExpr *E,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
 
    struct BuildingDeductionGuidesTag {};
    /// \brief Note that we are building deduction guides.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          TemplateDecl *Entity, BuildingDeductionGuidesTag,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    struct PartialOrderingTTP {};
    /// \brief Note that we are partial ordering template template parameters.
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation ArgLoc,
                          PartialOrderingTTP, TemplateDecl *PArg,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
 
    /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
    void Clear();
 
    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
 
    /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
    /// recursive template instantiations.
    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
 
  private:
    Sema &SemaRef;
    bool Invalid;
 
    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef,
                          CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind,
                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          SourceRange InstantiationRange, Decl *Entity,
                          NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = {});
 
    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate &) = delete;
 
    InstantiatingTemplate &operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate &) = delete;
  };
 
  bool SubstTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgumentLoc &Input,
                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                             TemplateArgumentLoc &Output,
                             SourceLocation Loc = {},
                             const DeclarationName &Entity = {});
  bool
  SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                         TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs);
 
  /// Substitute concept template arguments in the constraint expression
  /// of a concept-id. This is used to implement [temp.constr.normal].
  ExprResult
  SubstConceptTemplateArguments(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *CSE,
                                const Expr *ConstraintExpr,
                                const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &MLTAL);
 
  bool SubstTemplateArgumentsInParameterMapping(
      ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, SourceLocation BaseLoc,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
      TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
 
  /// Retrieve the template argument list(s) that should be used to
  /// instantiate the definition of the given declaration.
  ///
  /// \param ND the declaration for which we are computing template
  /// instantiation arguments.
  ///
  /// \param DC In the event we don't HAVE a declaration yet, we instead provide
  ///  the decl context where it will be created.  In this case, the `Innermost`
  ///  should likely be provided.  If ND is non-null, this is ignored.
  ///
  /// \param Innermost if non-NULL, specifies a template argument list for the
  /// template declaration passed as ND.
  ///
  /// \param RelativeToPrimary true if we should get the template
  /// arguments relative to the primary template, even when we're
  /// dealing with a specialization. This is only relevant for function
  /// template specializations.
  ///
  /// \param Pattern If non-NULL, indicates the pattern from which we will be
  /// instantiating the definition of the given declaration, \p ND. This is
  /// used to determine the proper set of template instantiation arguments for
  /// friend function template specializations.
  ///
  /// \param ForConstraintInstantiation when collecting arguments,
  /// ForConstraintInstantiation indicates we should continue looking when
  /// encountering a lambda generic call operator, and continue looking for
  /// arguments on an enclosing class template.
  ///
  /// \param SkipForSpecialization when specified, any template specializations
  /// in a traversal would be ignored.
  ///
  /// \param ForDefaultArgumentSubstitution indicates we should continue looking
  /// when encountering a specialized member function template, rather than
  /// returning immediately.
  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(
      const NamedDecl *D, const DeclContext *DC = nullptr, bool Final = false,
      std::optional<ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>> Innermost = std::nullopt,
      bool RelativeToPrimary = false, const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr,
      bool ForConstraintInstantiation = false,
      bool SkipForSpecialization = false,
      bool ForDefaultArgumentSubstitution = false);
 
  /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
  /// a function body.
  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
    Sema &S;
    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
    bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false;
 
  public:
    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
        : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) {
      auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC);
      S.PushFunctionScope();
      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContextForFunction(
          ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, FD);
      if (FD)
        FD->setWillHaveBody(true);
      else
        assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC));
    }
 
    void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) {
      assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext);
 
      Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
      Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction;
      Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc;
      Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext);
      S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
 
      PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true;
    }
 
    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
      if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext)
        S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
      if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
        FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
        S.CheckImmediateEscalatingFunctionDefinition(FD, S.getCurFunction());
      }
      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
    }
 
    SynthesizedFunctionScope(const SynthesizedFunctionScope &) = delete;
    SynthesizedFunctionScope &
    operator=(const SynthesizedFunctionScope &) = delete;
  };
 
  /// RAII object to ensure that a code synthesis context is popped on scope
  /// exit.
  class ScopedCodeSynthesisContext {
    Sema &S;
 
  public:
    ScopedCodeSynthesisContext(Sema &S, const CodeSynthesisContext &Ctx)
        : S(S) {
      S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
    }
 
    ~ScopedCodeSynthesisContext() { S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); }
    ScopedCodeSynthesisContext(const ScopedCodeSynthesisContext &) = delete;
    ScopedCodeSynthesisContext &
    operator=(const ScopedCodeSynthesisContext &) = delete;
  };
 
  /// List of active code synthesis contexts.
  ///
  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires
  /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack.
  SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts;
 
  /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
  llvm::DenseSet<InstantiatingSpecializationsKey> InstantiatingSpecializations;
 
  /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated
  /// by some template instantiation.
  llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes;
 
  /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
  SmallVector<Module *, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules;
 
  /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
  llvm::DenseSet<Module *> LookupModulesCache;
 
  /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
  /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *> VisibleNamespaceCache;
 
  SFINAETrap *CurrentSFINAEContext = nullptr;
 
  /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template
  /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the
  /// instantiation depth.
  ///
  /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit
  /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation.
  // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis?
  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
 
  /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent
  /// error or warning was produced.
  ///
  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks
  /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation.
  // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else.
  unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0;
 
  /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
  ///
  /// The pack expansion index will be none to indicate that parameter packs
  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
  UnsignedOrNone ArgPackSubstIndex;
 
  /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
  /// within a \c Sema object.
  ///
  /// See \c ArgPackSubstIndex for more information.
  class ArgPackSubstIndexRAII {
    Sema &Self;
    UnsignedOrNone OldSubstIndex;
 
  public:
    ArgPackSubstIndexRAII(Sema &Self, UnsignedOrNone NewSubstIndex)
        : Self(Self),
          OldSubstIndex(std::exchange(Self.ArgPackSubstIndex, NewSubstIndex)) {}
 
    ~ArgPackSubstIndexRAII() { Self.ArgPackSubstIndex = OldSubstIndex; }
    ArgPackSubstIndexRAII(const ArgPackSubstIndexRAII &) = delete;
    ArgPackSubstIndexRAII &operator=(const ArgPackSubstIndexRAII &) = delete;
  };
 
  bool pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx);
  void popCodeSynthesisContext();
 
  void PrintContextStack(InstantiationContextDiagFuncRef DiagFunc) {
    if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
        CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) {
      PrintInstantiationStack(DiagFunc);
      LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size();
    }
    if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl)
      PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(DiagFunc);
  }
  void PrintContextStack() { PrintContextStack(getDefaultDiagFunc()); }
  /// Prints the current instantiation stack through a series of
  /// notes.
  void PrintInstantiationStack(InstantiationContextDiagFuncRef DiagFunc);
  void PrintInstantiationStack() {
    PrintInstantiationStack(getDefaultDiagFunc());
  }
 
  /// Returns a pointer to the current SFINAE context, if any.
  [[nodiscard]] SFINAETrap *getSFINAEContext() const {
    return CurrentSFINAEContext;
  }
  [[nodiscard]] bool isSFINAEContext() const {
    return CurrentSFINAEContext != nullptr;
  }
 
  /// Perform substitution on the type T with a given set of template
  /// arguments.
  ///
  /// This routine substitutes the given template arguments into the
  /// type T and produces the instantiated type.
  ///
  /// \param T the type into which the template arguments will be
  /// substituted. If this type is not dependent, it will be returned
  /// immediately.
  ///
  /// \param Args the template arguments that will be
  /// substituted for the top-level template parameters within T.
  ///
  /// \param Loc the location in the source code where this substitution
  /// is being performed. It will typically be the location of the
  /// declarator (if we're instantiating the type of some declaration)
  /// or the location of the type in the source code (if, e.g., we're
  /// instantiating the type of a cast expression).
  ///
  /// \param Entity the name of the entity associated with a declaration
  /// being instantiated (if any). May be empty to indicate that there
  /// is no such entity (if, e.g., this is a type that occurs as part of
  /// a cast expression) or that the entity has no name (e.g., an
  /// unnamed function parameter).
  ///
  /// \param AllowDeducedTST Whether a DeducedTemplateSpecializationType is
  /// acceptable as the top level type of the result.
  ///
  /// \param IsIncompleteSubstitution If provided, the pointee will be set
  /// whenever substitution would perform a replacement with a null or
  /// non-existent template argument.
  ///
  /// \returns If the instantiation succeeds, the instantiated
  /// type. Otherwise, produces diagnostics and returns a NULL type.
  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
                            bool AllowDeducedTST = false);
 
  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
                     bool *IsIncompleteSubstitution = nullptr);
 
  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
 
  TypeSourceInfo *
  SubstFriendType(TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
 
  /// A form of SubstType intended specifically for instantiating the
  /// type of a FunctionDecl.  Its purpose is solely to force the
  /// instantiation of default-argument expressions and to avoid
  /// instantiating an exception-specification.
  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(
      TypeSourceInfo *T, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
      Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals, bool EvaluateConstraints = true);
  void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
  bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
                          FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
                          SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage,
                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
  ParmVarDecl *
  SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                   int indexAdjustment, UnsignedOrNone NumExpansions,
                   bool ExpectParameterPack, bool EvaluateConstraints = true);
 
  /// Substitute the given template arguments into the given set of
  /// parameters, producing the set of parameter types that would be generated
  /// from such a substitution.
  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
                      const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
                      ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
 
  /// Substitute the given template arguments into the default argument.
  bool SubstDefaultArgument(SourceLocation Loc, ParmVarDecl *Param,
                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                            bool ForCallExpr = false);
  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
  /// Substitute an expression as if it is a address-of-operand, which makes it
  /// act like a CXXIdExpression rather than an attempt to call.
  ExprResult SubstCXXIdExpr(Expr *E,
                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  // Must be used instead of SubstExpr at 'constraint checking' time.
  ExprResult
  SubstConstraintExpr(Expr *E,
                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
  // Unlike the above, this does not evaluate constraints.
  ExprResult SubstConstraintExprWithoutSatisfaction(
      Expr *E, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
  ///
  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
  ///
  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
  /// default arguments will be dropped.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
  ///
  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
 
  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  ExprResult
  SubstInitializer(Expr *E, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                   bool CXXDirectInit);
 
  /// Perform substitution on the base class specifiers of the
  /// given class template specialization.
  ///
  /// Produces a diagnostic and returns true on error, returns false and
  /// attaches the instantiated base classes to the class template
  /// specialization if successful.
  bool SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Instantiate the definition of a class from a given pattern.
  ///
  /// \param PointOfInstantiation The point of instantiation within the
  /// source code.
  ///
  /// \param Instantiation is the declaration whose definition is being
  /// instantiated. This will be either a class template specialization
  /// or a member class of a class template specialization.
  ///
  /// \param Pattern is the pattern from which the instantiation
  /// occurs. This will be either the declaration of a class template or
  /// the declaration of a member class of a class template.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments to be substituted into
  /// the pattern.
  ///
  /// \param TSK the kind of implicit or explicit instantiation to perform.
  ///
  /// \param Complain whether to complain if the class cannot be instantiated
  /// due to the lack of a definition.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                        CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, bool Complain = true);
 
private:
  bool InstantiateClassImpl(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                            CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
                            CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, bool Complain);
 
public:
  /// Instantiate the definition of an enum from a given pattern.
  ///
  /// \param PointOfInstantiation The point of instantiation within the
  ///        source code.
  /// \param Instantiation is the declaration whose definition is being
  ///        instantiated. This will be a member enumeration of a class
  ///        temploid specialization, or a local enumeration within a
  ///        function temploid specialization.
  /// \param Pattern The templated declaration from which the instantiation
  ///        occurs.
  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments to be substituted into
  ///        the pattern.
  /// \param TSK The kind of implicit or explicit instantiation to perform.
  ///
  /// \return \c true if an error occurred, \c false otherwise.
  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
 
  /// Instantiate the definition of a field from the given pattern.
  ///
  /// \param PointOfInstantiation The point of instantiation within the
  ///        source code.
  /// \param Instantiation is the declaration whose definition is being
  ///        instantiated. This will be a class of a class temploid
  ///        specialization, or a local enumeration within a function temploid
  ///        specialization.
  /// \param Pattern The templated declaration from which the instantiation
  ///        occurs.
  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments to be substituted into
  ///        the pattern.
  ///
  /// \return \c true if an error occurred, \c false otherwise.
  bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
      FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization(
      SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec);
 
  bool InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(
      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
      ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
      TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, bool Complain,
      bool PrimaryStrictPackMatch);
 
  /// Instantiates the definitions of all of the member
  /// of the given class, which is an instantiation of a class template
  /// or a member class of a template.
  void
  InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                          CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                          TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
 
  /// Instantiate the definitions of all of the members of the
  /// given class template specialization, which was named as part of an
  /// explicit instantiation.
  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
      ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
      TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
 
  NestedNameSpecifierLoc SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(
      NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Do template substitution on declaration name info.
  DeclarationNameInfo
  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
  TemplateName
  SubstTemplateName(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                    NestedNameSpecifierLoc &QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  bool SubstTypeConstraint(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Inst, const TypeConstraint *TC,
                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                           bool EvaluateConstraint);
 
  /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation.
  bool inTemplateInstantiation() const {
    return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries;
  }
 
  /// Determine whether we are currently performing constraint substitution.
  bool inConstraintSubstitution() const {
    return !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
           CodeSynthesisContexts.back().InConstraintSubstitution;
  }
 
  bool inParameterMappingSubstitution() const {
    return !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
           CodeSynthesisContexts.back().InParameterMappingSubstitution &&
           !inConstraintSubstitution();
  }
 
  using EntityPrinter = llvm::function_ref<void(llvm::raw_ostream &)>;
 
  /// \brief create a Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic with only a
  /// SubstitutedEntity and DiagLoc using ASTContext's allocator.
  concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *
  createSubstDiagAt(SourceLocation Location, EntityPrinter Printer);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Template Declaration Instantiation
  /// Implementations are in SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
  ///
  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
 
  /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
  /// but have not yet been performed.
  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
 
  /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed
  /// eagerly.
  SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations;
 
  SmallVector<SmallVector<VTableUse, 16>, 8> SavedVTableUses;
  SmallVector<std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>, 8>
      SavedPendingInstantiations;
 
  /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
  ///
  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
 
  class LocalEagerInstantiationScope {
  public:
    LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool AtEndOfTU)
        : S(S), AtEndOfTU(AtEndOfTU) {
      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
    }
 
    void perform() {
      S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true,
                                     /*AtEndOfTU=*/AtEndOfTU);
    }
 
    ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() {
      assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
             "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
    }
 
    LocalEagerInstantiationScope(const LocalEagerInstantiationScope &) = delete;
    LocalEagerInstantiationScope &
    operator=(const LocalEagerInstantiationScope &) = delete;
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    bool AtEndOfTU;
    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
        SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
  };
 
  /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound
  /// statements.
  class FPFeaturesStateRAII {
  public:
    FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S);
    ~FPFeaturesStateRAII();
    FPFeaturesStateRAII(const FPFeaturesStateRAII &) = delete;
    FPFeaturesStateRAII &operator=(const FPFeaturesStateRAII &) = delete;
    FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; }
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState;
    FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides;
    LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind OldEvalMethod;
    SourceLocation OldFPPragmaLocation;
  };
 
  class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope {
  public:
    GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled, bool AtEndOfTU)
        : S(S), Enabled(Enabled), AtEndOfTU(AtEndOfTU) {
      if (!Enabled)
        return;
 
      S.SavedPendingInstantiations.emplace_back();
      S.SavedPendingInstantiations.back().swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
 
      S.SavedVTableUses.emplace_back();
      S.SavedVTableUses.back().swap(S.VTableUses);
    }
 
    void perform() {
      if (Enabled) {
        S.DefineUsedVTables();
        S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/false,
                                       /*AtEndOfTU=*/AtEndOfTU);
      }
    }
 
    ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() {
      if (!Enabled)
        return;
 
      // Restore the set of pending vtables.
      assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
             "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
      S.VTableUses.swap(S.SavedVTableUses.back());
      S.SavedVTableUses.pop_back();
 
      // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
      if ((S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) &&
          AtEndOfTU) {
        assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
               "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
        S.PendingInstantiations.swap(S.SavedPendingInstantiations.back());
        S.SavedPendingInstantiations.pop_back();
      } else {
        // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU.
        S.PendingInstantiations.swap(S.SavedPendingInstantiations.back());
        S.PendingInstantiations.insert(
            S.PendingInstantiations.end(),
            S.SavedPendingInstantiations.back().begin(),
            S.SavedPendingInstantiations.back().end());
        S.SavedPendingInstantiations.pop_back();
      }
    }
 
    GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(const GlobalEagerInstantiationScope &) =
        delete;
    GlobalEagerInstantiationScope &
    operator=(const GlobalEagerInstantiationScope &) = delete;
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    bool Enabled;
    bool AtEndOfTU;
  };
 
  ExplicitSpecifier instantiateExplicitSpecifier(
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, ExplicitSpecifier ES);
 
  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
    const Attr *TmplAttr;
    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
    Decl *NewDecl;
 
    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
                              Decl *D)
        : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) {}
  };
  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 1> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
 
  /// Recheck instantiated thread-safety attributes that could not be validated
  /// on the dependent pattern declaration.
  bool checkInstantiatedThreadSafetyAttrs(const Decl *D, const Attr *A);
 
  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
 
  /// Update instantiation attributes after template was late parsed.
  ///
  /// Some attributes are evaluated based on the body of template. If it is
  /// late parsed, such attributes cannot be evaluated when declaration is
  /// instantiated. This function is used to update instantiation attributes
  /// when template definition is ready.
  void updateAttrsForLateParsedTemplate(const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst);
 
  void
  InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                          const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
                          LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
                          LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
 
  bool BuildCtorClosureDefaultArgs(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor,
                                   bool IsCopy = false);
 
  bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
                                  ParmVarDecl *Param);
  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                                FunctionDecl *Function);
 
  /// Instantiate (or find existing instantiation of) a function template with a
  /// given set of template arguments.
  ///
  /// Usually this should not be used, and template argument deduction should be
  /// used in its place.
  FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, const TemplateArgumentList *Args,
      SourceLocation Loc,
      CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind CSC =
          CodeSynthesisContext::ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution);
 
  /// Instantiate the definition of the given function from its
  /// template.
  ///
  /// \param PointOfInstantiation the point at which the instantiation was
  /// required. Note that this is not precisely a "point of instantiation"
  /// for the function, but it's close.
  ///
  /// \param Function the already-instantiated declaration of a
  /// function template specialization or member function of a class template
  /// specialization.
  ///
  /// \param Recursive if true, recursively instantiates any functions that
  /// are required by this instantiation.
  ///
  /// \param DefinitionRequired if true, then we are performing an explicit
  /// instantiation where the body of the function is required. Complain if
  /// there is no such body.
  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
                                     bool Recursive = false,
                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false,
                                     bool AtEndOfTU = false);
  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
      const TemplateArgumentList *PartialSpecArgs,
      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
 
  /// Instantiates a variable template specialization by completing it
  /// with appropriate type information and initializer.
  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// BuildVariableInstantiation - Used after a new variable has been created.
  /// Sets basic variable data and decides whether to postpone the
  /// variable instantiation.
  void
  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
                             DeclContext *Owner,
                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
                             bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false,
                             VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr);
 
  /// Instantiate the initializer of a variable.
  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Instantiate the definition of the given variable from its
  /// template.
  ///
  /// \param PointOfInstantiation the point at which the instantiation was
  /// required. Note that this is not precisely a "point of instantiation"
  /// for the variable, but it's close.
  ///
  /// \param Var the already-instantiated declaration of a templated variable.
  ///
  /// \param Recursive if true, recursively instantiates any functions that
  /// are required by this instantiation.
  ///
  /// \param DefinitionRequired if true, then we are performing an explicit
  /// instantiation where a definition of the variable is required. Complain
  /// if there is no such definition.
  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false,
                                     bool AtEndOfTU = false);
 
  void InstantiateMemInitializers(
      CXXConstructorDecl *New, const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Find the instantiation of the given declaration within the
  /// current instantiation.
  ///
  /// This routine is intended to be used when \p D is a declaration
  /// referenced from within a template, that needs to mapped into the
  /// corresponding declaration within an instantiation. For example,
  /// given:
  ///
  /// \code
  /// template<typename T>
  /// struct X {
  ///   enum Kind {
  ///     KnownValue = sizeof(T)
  ///   };
  ///
  ///   bool getKind() const { return KnownValue; }
  /// };
  ///
  /// template struct X<int>;
  /// \endcode
  ///
  /// In the instantiation of X<int>::getKind(), we need to map the \p
  /// EnumConstantDecl for \p KnownValue (which refers to
  /// X<T>::<Kind>::KnownValue) to its instantiation
  /// (X<int>::<Kind>::KnownValue).
  /// \p FindInstantiatedDecl performs this mapping from within the
  /// instantiation of X<int>.
  NamedDecl *
  FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                       bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false);
 
  /// Finds the instantiation of the given declaration context
  /// within the current instantiation.
  ///
  /// \returns NULL if there was an error
  DeclContext *
  FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form
  /// an implicit 'operator=='.
  FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                           FunctionDecl *Spaceship);
 
  /// Performs template instantiation for all implicit template
  /// instantiations we have seen until this point.
  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false,
                                    bool AtEndOfTU = true);
 
  TemplateParameterList *
  SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner,
                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
                      bool EvaluateConstraints = true);
 
  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(
      const DeclContext *Pattern,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
private:
  /// Introduce the instantiated local variables into the local
  /// instantiation scope.
  void addInstantiatedLocalVarsToScope(FunctionDecl *Function,
                                       const FunctionDecl *PatternDecl,
                                       LocalInstantiationScope &Scope);
  /// Introduce the instantiated function parameters into the local
  /// instantiation scope, and set the parameter names to those used
  /// in the template.
  bool addInstantiatedParametersToScope(
      FunctionDecl *Function, const FunctionDecl *PatternDecl,
      LocalInstantiationScope &Scope,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Introduce the instantiated captures of the lambda into the local
  /// instantiation scope.
  bool addInstantiatedCapturesToScope(
      FunctionDecl *Function, const FunctionDecl *PatternDecl,
      LocalInstantiationScope &Scope,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  int ParsingClassDepth = 0;
 
  class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII {
  public:
    SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); }
 
    ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() {
      assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
             "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
      assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&
             "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks");
      swapSavedState();
    }
 
    SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(const SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII &) =
        delete;
    SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII &
    operator=(const SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII &) = delete;
 
  private:
    Sema &S;
    decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks)
        SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks;
    decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks)
        SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks;
 
    void swapSavedState() {
      SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
          S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks);
      SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap(
          S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks);
    }
  };
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name C++ Variadic Templates
  /// Implementations are in SemaTemplateVariadic.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
  /// location. Useful for error recovery.
  bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
 
  /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
  /// being diagnosed.
  ///
  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
    /// An arbitrary expression.
    UPPC_Expression = 0,
 
    /// The base type of a class type.
    UPPC_BaseType,
 
    /// The type of an arbitrary declaration.
    UPPC_DeclarationType,
 
    /// The type of a data member.
    UPPC_DataMemberType,
 
    /// The size of a bit-field.
    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
 
    /// The expression in a static assertion.
    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
 
    /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
 
    /// The enumerator value.
    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
 
    /// A using declaration.
    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
 
    /// A friend declaration.
    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
 
    /// A declaration qualifier.
    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
 
    /// An initializer.
    UPPC_Initializer,
 
    /// A default argument.
    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
 
    /// The type of a non-type template parameter.
    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
 
    /// The type of an exception.
    UPPC_ExceptionType,
 
    /// Explicit specialization.
    UPPC_ExplicitSpecialization,
 
    /// Partial specialization.
    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
 
    /// Microsoft __if_exists.
    UPPC_IfExists,
 
    /// Microsoft __if_not_exists.
    UPPC_IfNotExists,
 
    /// Lambda expression.
    UPPC_Lambda,
 
    /// Block expression.
    UPPC_Block,
 
    /// A type constraint.
    UPPC_TypeConstraint,
 
    // A requirement in a requires-expression.
    UPPC_Requirement,
 
    // A requires-clause.
    UPPC_RequiresClause,
  };
 
  /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
  ///
  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
  /// parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      SourceLocation Loc, UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
      ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
 
  /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
  /// diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
  ///
  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
  /// packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
 
  /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
  /// pack, diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
  /// parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(
      Expr *E, UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
 
  /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one
  /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded
  /// parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE);
 
  /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
 
  /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
  /// diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
 
  /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
  /// diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
  ///
  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
  /// parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
                                       TemplateName Template,
                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
 
  /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
  /// pack, diagnose the error.
  ///
  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
  /// parameter packs.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// template argument.
  ///
  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      TemplateArgument Arg,
      SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// template argument.
  ///
  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
      SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      QualType T, SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// template name.
  ///
  /// \param Template The template name that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      TemplateName Template,
      SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// type.
  ///
  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      TypeLoc TL, SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// nested-name-specifier.
  ///
  /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
      SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// name.
  ///
  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
      SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
  /// expression.
  static void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(
      Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
 
  /// Invoked when parsing a template argument.
  ///
  /// \param Arg the template argument, which may already be invalid.
  ///
  /// If it is followed by ellipsis, this function is called before
  /// `ActOnPackExpansion`.
  ParsedTemplateArgument
  ActOnTemplateTemplateArgument(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg);
 
  /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
  /// may already be invalid.
  ///
  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
  /// creates a pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
  /// expansion.
  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                     UnsignedOrNone NumExpansions);
 
  /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
  /// expansion.
  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, SourceRange PatternRange,
                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                              UnsignedOrNone NumExpansions);
 
  /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
  /// creates a pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
 
  /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
  /// creates a pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                UnsignedOrNone NumExpansions);
 
  /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
  /// transforming the pattern.
  ///
  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
  /// pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
  /// the pack expansion.
  ///
  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
  /// pattern.
  ///
  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
  ///
  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
  ///
  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
  /// set this value in other cases.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
  /// must be set.
  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(
      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, SourceRange PatternRange,
      ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
      bool FailOnPackProducingTemplates, bool &ShouldExpand,
      bool &RetainExpansion, UnsignedOrNone &NumExpansions,
      bool Diagnose = true);
 
  /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
  /// type.
  ///
  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
  ///
  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
  UnsignedOrNone getNumArgumentsInExpansion(
      QualType T, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  UnsignedOrNone getNumArgumentsInExpansionFromUnexpanded(
      llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
 
  /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
  /// parameter packs.
  ///
  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
  ///
  /// \code
  ///   void f(T...);
  /// \endcode
  ///
  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
  /// a variadic function.
  ///
  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
  /// false otherwise.
  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
 
  /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
  ///
  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
  ///
  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
  ///
  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
  TemplateArgumentLoc
  getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
                                          SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
                                          UnsignedOrNone &NumExpansions) const;
 
  /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but
  /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of
  /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded.
  ///
  /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to
  /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible.
  UnsignedOrNone getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg);
 
  /// Called when an expression computing the size of a parameter pack
  /// is parsed.
  ///
  /// \code
  /// template<typename ...Types> struct count {
  ///   static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
  /// };
  /// \endcode
  ///
  //
  /// \param OpLoc The location of the "sizeof" keyword.
  /// \param Name The name of the parameter pack whose size will be determined.
  /// \param NameLoc The source location of the name of the parameter pack.
  /// \param RParenLoc The location of the closing parentheses.
  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  ExprResult ActOnPackIndexingExpr(Scope *S, Expr *PackExpression,
                                   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                   SourceLocation LSquareLoc, Expr *IndexExpr,
                                   SourceLocation RSquareLoc);
 
  ExprResult BuildPackIndexingExpr(Expr *PackExpression,
                                   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *IndexExpr,
                                   SourceLocation RSquareLoc,
                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> ExpandedExprs = {},
                                   bool FullySubstituted = false);
 
  TemplateName ActOnPackIndexingTemplateName(TemplateName Pattern,
                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                             Expr *IndexExpr);
 
  TemplateName
  BuildPackIndexingTemplateName(TemplateName Pattern, Expr *IndexExpr,
                                bool FullySubstituted = false,
                                ArrayRef<TemplateName> Expansions = {});
 
  TypeResult
  ActOnPackIndexingDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Name,
                                                     SourceLocation NameLoc);
 
  /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
  ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
                              tok::TokenKind Operator,
                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
  ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee,
                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
                              BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                              UnsignedOrNone NumExpansions);
  ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                   BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Constraints and Concepts
  /// Implementations are in SemaConcept.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  ExprResult ActOnCXXReflectExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI);
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXReflectExpr(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSI);
 
public:
  void PushSatisfactionStackEntry(const NamedDecl *D,
                                  const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    const NamedDecl *Can = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
    SatisfactionStack.emplace_back(Can, ID);
  }
 
  void PopSatisfactionStackEntry() { SatisfactionStack.pop_back(); }
 
  bool SatisfactionStackContains(const NamedDecl *D,
                                 const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    const NamedDecl *Can = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
    return llvm::is_contained(SatisfactionStack,
                              SatisfactionStackEntryTy{Can, ID});
  }
 
  using SatisfactionStackEntryTy =
      std::pair<const NamedDecl *, llvm::FoldingSetNodeID>;
 
  // Resets the current SatisfactionStack for cases where we are instantiating
  // constraints as a 'side effect' of normal instantiation in a way that is not
  // indicative of recursive definition.
  class SatisfactionStackResetRAII {
    llvm::SmallVector<SatisfactionStackEntryTy, 10> BackupSatisfactionStack;
    Sema &SemaRef;
 
  public:
    SatisfactionStackResetRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) {
      SemaRef.SwapSatisfactionStack(BackupSatisfactionStack);
    }
 
    ~SatisfactionStackResetRAII() {
      SemaRef.SwapSatisfactionStack(BackupSatisfactionStack);
    }
 
    SatisfactionStackResetRAII(const SatisfactionStackResetRAII &) = delete;
    SatisfactionStackResetRAII &
    operator=(const SatisfactionStackResetRAII &) = delete;
  };
 
  void SwapSatisfactionStack(
      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SatisfactionStackEntryTy> &NewSS) {
    SatisfactionStack.swap(NewSS);
  }
 
  using ConstrainedDeclOrNestedRequirement =
      llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *,
                         const concepts::NestedRequirement *>;
 
  /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression.
  /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and
  /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a
  /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint.
  bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(),
                                 bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr,
                                 bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false);
 
  /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are
  /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments.
  /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints
  /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity).
  /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if
  /// they were 'AND'ed together.
  /// \param TemplateArgLists the list of template arguments to substitute into
  /// the constraint expression.
  /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that
  /// caused the constraints check.
  /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the
  /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied
  /// expression.
  /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked,
  /// false otherwise.
  bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(
      ConstrainedDeclOrNestedRequirement Entity,
      ArrayRef<AssociatedConstraint> AssociatedConstraints,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgLists,
      SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
      const ConceptReference *TopLevelConceptId = nullptr,
      Expr **ConvertedExpr = nullptr);
 
  /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is
  /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the
  /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if
  /// an error occurred and satisfaction could not be determined.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD,
                                ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
                                SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation(),
                                bool ForOverloadResolution = false);
 
  // Calculates whether two constraint expressions are equal irrespective of a
  // difference in 'depth'. This takes a pair of optional 'NamedDecl's 'Old' and
  // 'New', which are the "source" of the constraint, since this is necessary
  // for figuring out the relative 'depth' of the constraint. The depth of the
  // 'primary template' and the 'instantiated from' templates aren't necessarily
  // the same, such as a case when one is a 'friend' defined in a class.
  bool AreConstraintExpressionsEqual(const NamedDecl *Old,
                                     const Expr *OldConstr,
                                     const TemplateCompareNewDeclInfo &New,
                                     const Expr *NewConstr);
 
  // Calculates whether the friend function depends on an enclosing template for
  // the purposes of [temp.friend] p9.
  bool FriendConstraintsDependOnEnclosingTemplate(const FunctionDecl *FD);
 
  /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints
  /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not.
  ///
  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
  /// provided.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments.
  ///
  /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that
  /// caused the constraints check.
  ///
  /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked
  /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied.
  bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(
      TemplateDecl *Template,
      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
      SourceRange TemplateIDRange);
 
  bool CheckFunctionTemplateConstraints(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                                        FunctionDecl *Decl,
                                        ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
                                        ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction);
 
  /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed
  /// unsatisfied.
  /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is
  /// diagnosed for this error.
  void DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction,
                                     SourceLocation Loc = {},
                                     bool First = true);
 
  /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed
  /// unsatisfied.
  void
  DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *ConstraintExpr,
                                bool First = true);
 
  void DiagnoseUnsatisfiedRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *RequiresExpr,
                                       bool First = true);
 
  const NormalizedConstraint *getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints(
      ConstrainedDeclOrNestedRequirement Entity,
      ArrayRef<AssociatedConstraint> AssociatedConstraints);
 
  /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are
  /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the
  /// partial ordering of constraints.
  ///
  /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is
  /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise.
  ///
  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
  bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(const NamedDecl *D1,
                              MutableArrayRef<AssociatedConstraint> AC1,
                              const NamedDecl *D2,
                              MutableArrayRef<AssociatedConstraint> AC2,
                              bool &Result);
 
  /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair
  /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not
  /// repeated in two separate places in code.
  /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise.
  bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(
      const NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<AssociatedConstraint> AC1,
      const NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<AssociatedConstraint> AC2);
 
  /// Cache the satisfaction of an atomic constraint.
  /// The key is based on the unsubstituted expression and the parameter
  /// mapping. This lets us not substituting the mapping more than once,
  /// which is (very!) expensive.
  /// FIXME: this should be private.
  llvm::DenseMap<llvm::FoldingSetNodeID,
                 UnsubstitutedConstraintSatisfactionCacheResult>
      UnsubstitutedConstraintSatisfactionCache;
 
  /// Cache the instantiation results of template parameter mappings within
  /// concepts. Substituting into normalized concepts can be extremely expensive
  /// due to the redundancy of template parameters. This cache is intended for
  /// use by TemplateInstantiator to avoid redundant semantic checking.
  llvm::DenseMap<llvm::FoldingSetNodeID, TemplateArgumentLoc>
      *CurrentCachedTemplateArgs = nullptr;
 
private:
  /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were
  /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in
  /// fact subsume the second's.
  llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *>, bool>
      SubsumptionCache;
  /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or
  /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the
  /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached
  /// here.
  llvm::DenseMap<ConstrainedDeclOrNestedRequirement, NormalizedConstraint *>
      NormalizationCache;
 
  /// Cache whether the associated constraint of a declaration
  /// is satisfied.
  llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &>
      SatisfactionCache;
 
  // The current stack of constraint satisfactions, so we can exit-early.
  llvm::SmallVector<SatisfactionStackEntryTy, 10> SatisfactionStack;
 
  /// Used by SetupConstraintCheckingTemplateArgumentsAndScope to set up the
  /// LocalInstantiationScope of the current non-lambda function. For lambdas,
  /// use LambdaScopeForCallOperatorInstantiationRAII.
  bool
  SetupConstraintScope(FunctionDecl *FD,
                       std::optional<ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>> TemplateArgs,
                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &MLTAL,
                       LocalInstantiationScope &Scope);
 
  /// Used during constraint checking, sets up the constraint template argument
  /// lists, and calls SetupConstraintScope to set up the
  /// LocalInstantiationScope to have the proper set of ParVarDecls configured.
  std::optional<MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList>
  SetupConstraintCheckingTemplateArgumentsAndScope(
      FunctionDecl *FD, std::optional<ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>> TemplateArgs,
      LocalInstantiationScope &Scope);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Types
  /// Implementations are in SemaType.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
  FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
 
  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
  static const char *getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
    return II;
  }
  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
  static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange(); }
 
  enum class CompleteTypeKind {
    /// Apply the normal rules for complete types.  In particular,
    /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete.
    Normal,
 
    /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include
    /// sizeless built-in types.
    AcceptSizeless,
 
    // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in
    // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it.
    Default = AcceptSizeless
  };
 
  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
                              const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
                              const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
 
  /// Build a pointer type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a pointer.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
  /// pointer type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
  /// type that will have pointer type.
  ///
  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the pointer
  /// type, if known.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable pointer type, if there are no
  /// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc,
                            DeclarationName Entity);
 
  /// Build a reference type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a reference.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
  /// reference type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
  /// type that will have reference type.
  ///
  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the reference
  /// type, if known.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable reference type, if there are no
  /// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, SourceLocation Loc,
                              DeclarationName Entity);
 
  /// Build an array type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type of each element in the array.
  ///
  /// \param ASM C99 array size modifier (e.g., '*', 'static').
  ///
  /// \param ArraySize Expression describing the size of the array.
  ///
  /// \param Brackets The range from the opening '[' to the closing ']'.
  ///
  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the array
  /// type, if known.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable array type, if there are no errors. Otherwise,
  /// returns a NULL type.
  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArraySizeModifier ASM, Expr *ArraySize,
                          unsigned Quals, SourceRange Brackets,
                          DeclarationName Entity);
  QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc);
 
  /// Build an ext-vector type.
  ///
  /// Run the required checks for the extended vector type.
  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
  QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns,
                           SourceLocation AttrLoc);
 
  QualType BuildCountAttributedArrayOrPointerType(QualType WrappedTy,
                                                  Expr *CountExpr,
                                                  bool CountInBytes,
                                                  bool OrNull);
 
  /// BuildAddressSpaceAttr - Builds a DependentAddressSpaceType if an
  /// expression is uninstantiated. If instantiated it will apply the
  /// appropriate address space to the type. This function allows dependent
  /// template variables to be used in conjunction with the address_space
  /// attribute
  QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace,
                                 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
 
  /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided.
  QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace,
                                 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
 
  bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Build a function type.
  ///
  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
  ///
  /// \param T The return type of the function.
  ///
  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
  /// function parameters.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
  /// type that will have function type.
  ///
  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
  /// type, if known.
  ///
  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
 
  /// Build a member pointer type \c T Class::*.
  ///
  /// \param T the type to which the member pointer refers.
  /// \param Class the class type into which the member pointer points.
  /// \param Loc the location where this type begins
  /// \param Entity the name of the entity that will have this member pointer
  /// type
  ///
  /// \returns a member pointer type, if successful, or a NULL type if there was
  /// an error.
  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  CXXRecordDecl *Cls, SourceLocation Loc,
                                  DeclarationName Entity);
 
  /// Build a block pointer type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a block pointer.
  ///
  /// \param Loc The source location, used for diagnostics.
  ///
  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the block pointer
  /// type, if known.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable block pointer type, if there are no
  /// errors. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc,
                                 DeclarationName Entity);
 
  /// Build a paren type including \p T.
  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Build a Read-only Pipe type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a Pipe.
  ///
  /// \param Loc We do not use it for now.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable pipe type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, returns
  /// a NULL type.
  QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Build a Write-only Pipe type.
  ///
  /// \param T The type to which we'll be building a Pipe.
  ///
  /// \param Loc We do not use it for now.
  ///
  /// \returns A suitable pipe type, if there are no errors. Otherwise, returns
  /// a NULL type.
  QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// Build a bit-precise integer type.
  ///
  /// \param IsUnsigned Boolean representing the signedness of the type.
  ///
  /// \param BitWidth Size of this int type in bits, or an expression
  /// representing that.
  ///
  /// \param Loc Location of the keyword.
  QualType BuildBitIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  /// GetTypeForDeclarator - Convert the type for the specified
  /// declarator to Type instances.
  ///
  /// The result of this call will never be null, but the associated
  /// type may be a null type if there's an unrecoverable error.
  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
 
  /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
                                    TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
 
  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Declarator &D);
 
  // Check whether the size of array element of type \p EltTy is a multiple of
  // its alignment and return false if it isn't.
  bool checkArrayElementAlignment(QualType EltTy, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  void
  diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
                            SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
                            SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
                            SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
                            SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
                            SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
                            SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
 
  /// Retrieve the keyword associated
  IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
 
  /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
  /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
  /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
  void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool HasThisPointer,
                              bool IsCtorOrDtor, SourceLocation Loc);
 
  // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
  // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
  // one that came from a typedef.
  bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T);
 
  /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
  /// type through some means not written in source (e.g. API notes).
  ///
  /// \param Type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
  /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
  ///
  /// \param Nullability The nullability specifier to add.
  ///
  /// \param DiagLoc The location to use for diagnostics.
  ///
  /// \param AllowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an
  /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer).
  ///
  /// \param OverrideExisting Whether to override an existing, locally-specified
  /// nullability specifier rather than complaining about the conflict.
  ///
  /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
  bool CheckImplicitNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &Type,
                                             NullabilityKind Nullability,
                                             SourceLocation DiagLoc,
                                             bool AllowArrayTypes,
                                             bool OverrideExisting);
 
  /// Check whether the given variable declaration has a size that fits within
  /// the address space it is declared in. This issues a diagnostic if not.
  ///
  /// \param VD The variable declaration to check the size of.
  ///
  /// \param AS The address space to check the size of \p VD against.
  ///
  /// \returns true if the variable's size fits within the address space, false
  /// otherwise.
  bool CheckVarDeclSizeAddressSpace(const VarDecl *VD, LangAS AS);
 
  /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the
  /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated
  /// static data member of incomplete array type.
  ///
  /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or
  /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use
  /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an
  /// incomplete expression type.
  QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E);
 
  void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
 
  /// Ensure that the type of the given expression is complete.
  ///
  /// This routine checks whether the expression \p E has a complete type. If
  /// the expression refers to an instantiable construct, that instantiation is
  /// performed as needed to complete its type. Furthermore
  /// Sema::RequireCompleteType is called for the expression's type (or in the
  /// case of a reference type, the referred-to type).
  ///
  /// \param E The expression whose type is required to be complete.
  /// \param Kind Selects which completeness rules should be applied.
  /// \param Diagnoser The object that will emit a diagnostic if the type is
  /// incomplete.
  ///
  /// \returns \c true if the type of \p E is incomplete and diagnosed, \c false
  /// otherwise.
  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind,
                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
 
  template <typename... Ts>
  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
  }
 
  // Returns the underlying type of a decltype with the given expression.
  QualType getDecltypeForExpr(Expr *E);
 
  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, TypeOfKind Kind);
  /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
  /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, bool AsUnevaluated = true);
 
  QualType ActOnPackIndexingType(QualType Pattern, Expr *IndexExpr,
                                 SourceLocation Loc,
                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
  QualType BuildPackIndexingType(QualType Pattern, Expr *IndexExpr,
                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
                                 bool FullySubstituted = false,
                                 ArrayRef<QualType> Expansions = {});
 
  using UTTKind = UnaryTransformType::UTTKind;
  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind,
                                   SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinEnumUnderlyingType(QualType BaseType, SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinAddPointer(QualType BaseType, SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinRemovePointer(QualType BaseType, SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinDecay(QualType BaseType, SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinAddReference(QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind,
                               SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinRemoveExtent(QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind,
                               SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinRemoveReference(QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind,
                                  SourceLocation Loc);
 
  QualType BuiltinRemoveCVRef(QualType BaseType, SourceLocation Loc) {
    return BuiltinRemoveReference(BaseType, UTTKind::RemoveCVRef, Loc);
  }
 
  QualType BuiltinChangeCVRQualifiers(QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind,
                                      SourceLocation Loc);
  QualType BuiltinChangeSignedness(QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind,
                                   SourceLocation Loc);
 
  bool BuiltinIsBaseOf(SourceLocation RhsTLoc, QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT);
 
  /// Ensure that the type T is a literal type.
  ///
  /// This routine checks whether the type @p T is a literal type. If @p T is an
  /// incomplete type, an attempt is made to complete it. If @p T is a literal
  /// type, or @p AllowIncompleteType is true and @p T is an incomplete type,
  /// returns false. Otherwise, this routine issues the diagnostic @p PD (giving
  /// it the type @p T), along with notes explaining why the type is not a
  /// literal type, and returns true.
  ///
  /// @param Loc  The location in the source that the non-literal type
  /// diagnostic should refer to.
  ///
  /// @param T  The type that this routine is examining for literalness.
  ///
  /// @param Diagnoser Emits a diagnostic if T is not a literal type.
  ///
  /// @returns @c true if @p T is not a literal type and a diagnostic was
  /// emitted, @c false otherwise.
  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
 
  template <typename... Ts>
  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
                          const Ts &...Args) {
    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
  }
 
  bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                      CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) {
    return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr);
  }
 
  /// Ensure that the type T is a complete type.
  ///
  /// This routine checks whether the type @p T is complete in any
  /// context where a complete type is required. If @p T is a complete
  /// type, returns false. If @p T is a class template specialization,
  /// this routine then attempts to perform class template
  /// instantiation. If instantiation fails, or if @p T is incomplete
  /// and cannot be completed, issues the diagnostic @p diag (giving it
  /// the type @p T) and returns true.
  ///
  /// @param Loc  The location in the source that the incomplete type
  /// diagnostic should refer to.
  ///
  /// @param T  The type that this routine is examining for completeness.
  ///
  /// @param Kind Selects which completeness rules should be applied.
  ///
  /// @returns @c true if @p T is incomplete and a diagnostic was emitted,
  /// @c false otherwise.
  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                           CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                           CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID);
 
  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) {
    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser);
  }
  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) {
    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID);
  }
 
  template <typename... Ts>
  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
                           const Ts &...Args) {
    BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
  }
 
  /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
  bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
    return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() ||
           isAcceptableSlow(D, AcceptableKind::Visible);
  }
 
  /// Determine whether a declaration is reachable.
  bool isReachable(const NamedDecl *D) {
    // All visible declarations are reachable.
    return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() ||
           isAcceptableSlow(D, AcceptableKind::Reachable);
  }
 
  /// Determine whether a declaration is acceptable (visible/reachable).
  bool isAcceptable(const NamedDecl *D, AcceptableKind Kind) {
    return Kind == AcceptableKind::Visible ? isVisible(D) : isReachable(D);
  }
 
  /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible
  /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1.
  bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested);
 
  /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
  /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
  bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
                            bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
  bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
    NamedDecl *Hidden;
    return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl *>(D), &Hidden);
  }
  /// Determine if \p D has a definition which allows we redefine it in current
  /// TU. \p Suggested is the definition that should be made visible to expose
  /// the definition.
  bool isRedefinitionAllowedFor(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation NewDefinitionLoc,
                                NamedDecl **Suggested, bool &Visible);
  bool isRedefinitionAllowedFor(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation NewLoc,
                                bool &Visible) {
    NamedDecl *Hidden;
    return isRedefinitionAllowedFor(const_cast<NamedDecl *>(D), NewLoc, &Hidden,
                                    Visible);
  }
 
  /// Determine if \p D has a reachable definition. If not, suggest a
  /// declaration that should be made reachable to expose the definition.
  bool hasReachableDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
                              bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
  bool hasReachableDefinition(NamedDecl *D) {
    NamedDecl *Hidden;
    return hasReachableDefinition(D, &Hidden);
  }
 
  bool hasAcceptableDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
                               AcceptableKind Kind,
                               bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
  bool hasAcceptableDefinition(NamedDecl *D, AcceptableKind Kind) {
    NamedDecl *Hidden;
    return hasAcceptableDefinition(D, &Hidden, Kind);
  }
 
  /// Determine if a definition at \p NewLoc coincides with \p PrevD.
  ///
  /// Including the same header as a non-modular and a modular allows to process
  /// its content twice despite guards against multiple inclusions. To handle
  /// such cases this method allows to detect if a currently-parsed decl is at
  /// the same location as an existing decl imported from a module.
  bool isFromSameSingleIncludeHeader(const Decl *PrevD, SourceLocation NewLoc);
 
  /// Try to parse the conditional expression attached to an effect attribute
  /// (e.g. 'nonblocking'). (c.f. Sema::ActOnNoexceptSpec). Return an empty
  /// optional on error.
  std::optional<FunctionEffectMode>
  ActOnEffectExpression(Expr *CondExpr, StringRef AttributeName);
 
  void ActOnCleanupAttr(Decl *D, const Attr *A);
  void ActOnInitPriorityAttr(Decl *D, const Attr *A);
 
private:
  /// The implementation of RequireCompleteType
  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
                               CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
 
  /// Nullability type specifiers.
  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr;
  IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name FixIt Helpers
  /// Implementations are in SemaFixItUtils.cpp
  ///@{
 
public:
  /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T,
                                             SourceLocation Loc) const;
  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Function Effects
  /// Implementations are in SemaFunctionEffects.cpp
  ///@{
public:
  struct FunctionEffectDiff {
    enum class Kind { Added, Removed, ConditionMismatch };
 
    FunctionEffect::Kind EffectKind;
    Kind DiffKind;
    std::optional<FunctionEffectWithCondition>
        Old; // Invalid when 'Kind' is 'Added'.
    std::optional<FunctionEffectWithCondition>
        New; // Invalid when 'Kind' is 'Removed'.
 
    StringRef effectName() const {
      if (Old)
        return Old.value().Effect.name();
      return New.value().Effect.name();
    }
 
    /// Describes the result of effects differing between a base class's virtual
    /// method and an overriding method in a subclass.
    enum class OverrideResult {
      NoAction,
      Warn,
      Merge // Merge missing effect from base to derived.
    };
 
    /// Return true if adding or removing the effect as part of a type
    /// conversion should generate a diagnostic.
    bool shouldDiagnoseConversion(QualType SrcType,
                                  const FunctionEffectsRef &SrcFX,
                                  QualType DstType,
                                  const FunctionEffectsRef &DstFX) const;
 
    /// Return true if adding or removing the effect in a redeclaration should
    /// generate a diagnostic.
    bool shouldDiagnoseRedeclaration(const FunctionDecl &OldFunction,
                                     const FunctionEffectsRef &OldFX,
                                     const FunctionDecl &NewFunction,
                                     const FunctionEffectsRef &NewFX) const;
 
    /// Return true if adding or removing the effect in a C++ virtual method
    /// override should generate a diagnostic.
    OverrideResult shouldDiagnoseMethodOverride(
        const CXXMethodDecl &OldMethod, const FunctionEffectsRef &OldFX,
        const CXXMethodDecl &NewMethod, const FunctionEffectsRef &NewFX) const;
  };
 
  struct FunctionEffectDiffVector : public SmallVector<FunctionEffectDiff> {
    /// Caller should short-circuit by checking for equality first.
    FunctionEffectDiffVector(const FunctionEffectsRef &Old,
                             const FunctionEffectsRef &New);
  };
 
  /// All functions/lambdas/blocks which have bodies and which have a non-empty
  /// FunctionEffectsRef to be verified.
  SmallVector<const Decl *> DeclsWithEffectsToVerify;
 
  /// The union of all effects present on DeclsWithEffectsToVerify. Conditions
  /// are all null.
  FunctionEffectKindSet AllEffectsToVerify;
 
public:
  /// Warn and return true if adding a function effect to a set would create a
  /// conflict.
  bool diagnoseConflictingFunctionEffect(const FunctionEffectsRef &FX,
                                         const FunctionEffectWithCondition &EC,
                                         SourceLocation NewAttrLoc);
 
  // Report a failure to merge function effects between declarations due to a
  // conflict.
  void
  diagnoseFunctionEffectMergeConflicts(const FunctionEffectSet::Conflicts &Errs,
                                       SourceLocation NewLoc,
                                       SourceLocation OldLoc);
 
  /// Inline checks from the start of maybeAddDeclWithEffects, to
  /// minimize performance impact on code not using effects.
  template <class FuncOrBlockDecl>
  void maybeAddDeclWithEffects(FuncOrBlockDecl *D) {
    if (Context.hasAnyFunctionEffects())
      if (FunctionEffectsRef FX = D->getFunctionEffects(); !FX.empty())
        maybeAddDeclWithEffects(D, FX);
  }
 
  /// Potentially add a FunctionDecl or BlockDecl to DeclsWithEffectsToVerify.
  void maybeAddDeclWithEffects(const Decl *D, const FunctionEffectsRef &FX);
 
  /// Unconditionally add a Decl to DeclsWithEfffectsToVerify.
  void addDeclWithEffects(const Decl *D, const FunctionEffectsRef &FX);
 
  void performFunctionEffectAnalysis(TranslationUnitDecl *TU);
 
  ///@}
 
  //
  //
  // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  //
  //
 
  /// \name Expansion Statements
  /// Implementations are in SemaExpand.cpp
  ///@{
public:
  CXXExpansionStmtDecl *ActOnCXXExpansionStmtDecl(unsigned TemplateDepth,
                                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc);
 
  CXXExpansionStmtDecl *
  BuildCXXExpansionStmtDecl(DeclContext *Ctx, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
                            NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP);
 
  ExprResult ActOnCXXExpansionInitList(MultiExprArg SubExprs,
                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
                                       SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
 
  StmtResult ActOnCXXExpansionStmtPattern(
      CXXExpansionStmtDecl *ESD, Stmt *Init, Stmt *ExpansionVarStmt,
      Expr *ExpansionInitializer, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
      SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
      ArrayRef<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *> LifetimeExtendTemps);
 
  StmtResult FinishCXXExpansionStmt(Stmt *Expansion, Stmt *Body);
 
  StmtResult BuildCXXEnumeratingExpansionStmtPattern(Decl *ESD, Stmt *Init,
                                                     Stmt *ExpansionVar,
                                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                                     SourceLocation ColonLoc,
                                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
 
  StmtResult BuildNonEnumeratingCXXExpansionStmtPattern(
      CXXExpansionStmtDecl *ESD, Stmt *Init, DeclStmt *ExpansionVarStmt,
      Expr *ExpansionInitializer, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
      SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
      ArrayRef<MaterializeTemporaryExpr *> LifetimeExtendTemps = {});
 
  ExprResult BuildCXXExpansionSelectExpr(InitListExpr *Range, Expr *Idx);
 
  std::optional<uint64_t>
  ComputeExpansionSize(CXXExpansionStmtPattern *Expansion);
  ///@}
};
 
DeductionFailureInfo
MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
 
/// Contains a late templated function.
/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
struct LateParsedTemplate {
  CachedTokens Toks;
  /// The template function declaration to be late parsed.
  Decl *D;
  /// Floating-point options in the point of definition.
  FPOptions FPO;
};
 
template <>
void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
                                                 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
                                                 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
                                                 AlignPackInfo Value);
 
} // end namespace clang
 
#endif